WO2024048462A1 - Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for producing electronic device, and polymer - Google Patents

Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for producing electronic device, and polymer Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024048462A1
WO2024048462A1 PCT/JP2023/030782 JP2023030782W WO2024048462A1 WO 2024048462 A1 WO2024048462 A1 WO 2024048462A1 JP 2023030782 W JP2023030782 W JP 2023030782W WO 2024048462 A1 WO2024048462 A1 WO 2024048462A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
general formula
hydrogen atom
repeating unit
sensitive
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/030782
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
洋平 石地
智美 高橋
健志 川端
研由 後藤
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2024048462A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024048462A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F212/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
    • C08F212/02Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
    • C08F212/04Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring
    • C08F212/14Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring substituted by heteroatoms or groups containing heteroatoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, an electronic device manufacturing method, and a polymer.
  • pattern forming methods using chemical amplification have been used to compensate for the decrease in sensitivity due to light absorption.
  • a photoacid generator contained in an exposed area is decomposed by light irradiation to generate acid.
  • the catalytic action of the generated acid converts the alkali-insoluble groups of the resin contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition into alkali-soluble groups.
  • the solubility in the developer is changed by, for example, changing to a base.
  • development is performed using, for example, a basic aqueous solution.
  • the exposed portion is removed and a desired pattern is obtained.
  • the wavelength of exposure light sources has become shorter and the numerical aperture (NA) of projection lenses has become higher.
  • NA numerical aperture
  • EUV extreme ultraviolet
  • EB electron beam
  • Patent Document 1 describes a polymer that has a repeating unit containing a phenolic hydroxyl group, and whose main chain can be cut by electron beam irradiation, resulting in a decrease in molecular weight.
  • the present inventors prepared and studied an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a predetermined polymer with reference to Patent Document 1, and found that the sensitivity did not meet the recently required level. It became clear that there was room for further improvement. It was also revealed that the pattern formed by the above composition had poor LWR (line width roughness) performance, especially in the formation of ultra-fine patterns, and there was room for further improvement.
  • the present invention has been developed to provide an ultra-fine pattern (for example, a line-and-space pattern with a line width of 15 nm or less, a hole pattern with a hole diameter of 15 nm or less, etc.), which can form a pattern with excellent sensitivity and LWR performance.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a polymer useful for the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the above polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1),
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • a 2 represents an aromatic ring group having an electron donating group. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
  • X represents a halogen atom.
  • L 1 represents -O- or -NR 1 -.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • a 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be linked with A 1 or R 1 to form a ring.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • R 2 represents an acidic group having the above acidic proton. When a plurality of R 2s exist, the plurality of R 2s may be the same or different.
  • R 3 represents an electron donating group. When a plurality of R 3s exist, the plurality of R 3s may be the same or different. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
  • L 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • m represents an integer from 1 to 4.
  • n represents an integer from 1 to 4. However, 1 ⁇ m+n ⁇ 5 is satisfied.
  • X represents a halogen atom.
  • a 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be connected to A 1 to form a ring.
  • the electron-donating group is at least one group selected from an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a dialkylamino group, and a monoalkylamino group.
  • Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is at least one group selected from an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a dialkylamino group, and a monoalkylamino group.
  • a polymer having a repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton comprising a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2),
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • a 2 represents an aromatic ring group having an electron donating group. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
  • X represents a halogen atom.
  • L 1 represents -O- or -NR 1 -.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • a 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be linked with A 1 or R 1 to form a ring.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • R 2 represents an acidic group having the above acidic proton. When a plurality of R 2s exist, the plurality of R 2s may be the same or different.
  • R 3 represents an electron donating group. When a plurality of R 3s exist, the plurality of R 3s may be the same or different. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
  • L 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • m represents an integer from 1 to 4.
  • n represents an integer from 1 to 4. However, 1 ⁇ m+n ⁇ 5 is satisfied.
  • X represents a halogen atom.
  • a 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be connected to A 1 to form a ring.
  • (A) an onium salt compound; (B1) Phenolic hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, -SO 2 NHR N (R N is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a cyano group), an amide group, a carbonylimide group, a sulfonylimide group, a thiol group substituted on a ring member atom of an aromatic ring, and/or -C( O)NHSO 2 R P (R P is an alkyl group or an aryl group) a polymer having a repeating unit comprising at least one group selected from the group consisting of An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein the polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and a repeat
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • a 2 represents an aromatic ring group having an electron donating group. However, the electron-donating group does not correspond to the at least one group.
  • X represents a halogen atom.
  • L 1 represents -O- or -NR 1 -.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • a 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be linked with A 1 or R 1 to form a ring.
  • a pattern forming method comprising the step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer.
  • ultra-fine patterns for example, line and space patterns with line widths of 15 nm or less, hole patterns with hole diameters of 15 nm or less, etc.
  • Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions can be provided.
  • a polymer useful for the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin can be provided.
  • the present invention will be explained in detail below. Although the description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
  • the notation that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes groups having a substituent as well as groups having no substituent. do.
  • the term "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • organic group as used herein refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.
  • the substituent is preferably a monovalent substituent.
  • active rays or “radiation” include, for example, the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet (EUV), X-rays, and electron beams (EB: Electron Beam), etc.
  • Light in this specification means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure refers not only to exposure to the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and EUV light, but also to electron beams and It also includes drawing using particle beams such as ion beams.
  • is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • the direction of bonding of the divalent groups described herein is not limited unless otherwise specified.
  • Y in the compound represented by the formula "X-Y-Z" is -COO-
  • Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO- Good too.
  • the above compound may be "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z".
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of the resin are measured using a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh). ) GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 ⁇ L, column: Tosoh TSK gel Multipore HXL-M, column temperature: 40°C, flow rate: 1.0 mL/min, detector: differential refractive index Defined as a polystyrene equivalent value determined by a Refractive Index Detector.
  • GPC Gel Permeation Chromatography
  • acid dissociation constant refers to pKa in an aqueous solution, and specifically, using the following software package 1, a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values is calculated. , is a value obtained by calculation. All pKa values described herein are values calculated using this software package.
  • pKa can also be determined by molecular orbital calculation method.
  • a specific method for this includes a method of calculating H 2 + dissociation free energy in an aqueous solution based on a thermodynamic cycle.
  • the H + dissociation free energy can be calculated, for example, by DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in the literature, and the method is not limited to this. .
  • DFT density functional theory
  • there is a plurality of software that can perform DFT and one example is Gaussian 16.
  • pKa in this specification refers to a value obtained by calculating a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values using software package 1. If calculation is not possible, a value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT (density functional theory) is adopted.
  • pKa in this specification refers to "pKa in an aqueous solution” as described above, but if pKa in an aqueous solution cannot be calculated, “pKa in a dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution” is adopted. It shall be.
  • examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • the solid content is intended to be a component that forms a resist film, and does not include a solvent. Furthermore, if the component forms a resist film, it is considered to be a solid component even if the component is liquid.
  • Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter also referred to as "resist composition") of the present invention. )teeth, (A) an onium salt compound; (B) a polymer having a repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton and whose main chain decomposes upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation; The above polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • a 2 represents an aromatic ring group having an electron donating group. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
  • the resist composition of the present invention can form a pattern with excellent sensitivity and excellent LWR performance in ultrafine pattern formation.
  • the polymer (B) contained in the resist composition of the present invention is a polymer whose main chain is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and has a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1). Since the aromatic ring group bonded to the main chain has an electron-donating group, the electron density in the aromatic ring becomes high, which has the effect of stabilizing intermediates in the main chain decomposition process, resulting in polymer (B) It is thought that main chain decomposition is promoted.
  • the resist composition of the present invention has high sensitivity, and the resist film formed using the resist composition of the present invention has a high dissolution contrast between the unexposed area and the exposed area, resulting in excellent LWR performance. It is thought that it can be obtained.
  • the polymer (B) contained in the resist composition of the present invention has a repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton. Since this acidic group having an acidic proton is a group that can interact with the onium salt compound (A) in the resist composition, in the unexposed part of the resist film formed using the resist composition of the present invention, , the onium salt compound (A) and the polymer (B) interact, making it difficult to dissolve in the developer.
  • the main chain of the polymer (B) decomposes and the interaction between the onium salt compound (A) and the polymer (B) is canceled, making it easier to dissolve in the developer.
  • the dissolution contrast between the unexposed area and the exposed area of the resist film becomes higher due to the above-mentioned effect, so that better sensitivity and LWR performance can be obtained.
  • the fact that the sensitivity of the resist composition is better and/or the LWR performance of a pattern formed from the resist composition is better is also referred to as "the effect of the present invention is better.”
  • the resist composition of the present invention contains an onium salt compound (A).
  • the onium salt compound (A) is more preferably a compound with an onium salt structure (photodegradable onium salt compound) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the polymer (B) is an acidic compound having an acidic proton that may be contained in the polymer (B). It tends to aggregate with the onium salt compound (A) through the group.
  • the above-mentioned agglomerated structure when exposed to light, the above-mentioned agglomerated structure may be released due to dissociation between the onium salt compound (A) and an acidic group having an acidic proton and cleavage of the photodegradable onium salt compound.
  • the effect of the present invention can be obtained because the above action increases the dissolution contrast between the unexposed area and the exposed area of the resist film.
  • a photodegradable onium salt compound is a compound that has at least one salt structure site consisting of an anion site and a cation site, and that decomposes upon exposure to light to generate an acid (preferably an organic acid).
  • an acid preferably an organic acid
  • the above-mentioned salt structure moiety of the photodegradable onium salt compound is easily decomposed by exposure to light and is superior in organic acid production, and is composed of an organic cation moiety and an organic anion moiety with extremely low nucleophilicity. It is preferable that The above-mentioned salt structure site may be a part of the photodegradable onium salt compound, or may be the entirety.
  • the case where the above-mentioned salt structure part is a part of a photodegradable onium salt compound corresponds to a structure in which two or more salt structure parts are connected, for example, as in the photodegradable onium salt PG2 described below. do.
  • the number of salt structural moieties in the photodegradable onium salt is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 1 to 10, preferably from 1 to 6, and more preferably from 1 to 3.
  • organic acids generated from photodegradable onium salt compounds due to the action of exposure mentioned above include sulfonic acids (aliphatic sulfonic acids, aromatic sulfonic acids, camphor sulfonic acids, etc.), carboxylic acids (aliphatic carboxylic acids, etc.) , aromatic carboxylic acid, aralkylcarboxylic acid, etc.), carbonylsulfonylimidic acid, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imidic acid, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide acid.
  • the organic acid generated from the photodegradable onium salt compound by the action of exposure may be a polyhydric acid having two or more acid groups.
  • the photodegradable onium salt compound is the photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 described below
  • the organic acid generated by decomposition of the photodegradable onium salt compound due to exposure to light becomes a polyhydric acid having two or more acid groups.
  • the cation moiety constituting the salt structure moiety is preferably an organic cation moiety, and in particular, an organic cation (cation (ZaI)) represented by the formula (ZaI) described below.
  • an organic cation (cation (ZaII)) represented by formula (ZaII) is preferable.
  • Photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 An example of a preferred embodiment of the photodegradable onium salt compound is an onium salt compound represented by "M + ). In the compound represented by "M + X - ", M + represents an organic cation and X - represents an organic anion.
  • the photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 will be explained below.
  • the organic cation represented by M + in the photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 is an organic cation represented by the formula (ZaI) (cation (ZaI)) or an organic cation (cation (ZaI)) represented by the formula (ZaII). ZaII)) is preferred.
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
  • the organic groups as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 usually have 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • two of R 201 to R 203 may be combined to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (for example, a butylene group and a pentylene group), and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -. Can be mentioned.
  • Preferred embodiments of the organic cation in formula (ZaI) include cation (ZaI-1), cation (ZaI-2), and organic cation (cation (ZaI-3b)) represented by formula (ZaI-3b), which will be described later. ), and an organic cation (cation (ZaI-4b)) represented by the formula (ZaI-4b).
  • the cation (ZaI-1) is an arylsulfonium cation in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in the above formula (ZaI) is an aryl group.
  • the arylsulfonium cation all of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or some of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remainder may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remaining two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, It may contain an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group.
  • the group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 includes, for example, one or more methylene groups substituted with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, and/or a carbonyl group. and alkylene groups (eg, butylene group, pentylene group, or -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -).
  • arylsulfonium cation examples include triarylsulfonium cation, diarylalkylsulfonium cation, aryldialkylsulfonium cation, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium cation, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium cation.
  • the aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium cation is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue.
  • the arylsulfonium cation has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group that the arylsulfonium cation has as necessary is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • a cycloalkyl group is preferred, and for example, a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, and cyclohexyl group are more preferred.
  • the substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 may each independently include an alkyl group (for example, carbon number 1 to 15), a cycloalkyl group (for example, carbon number 3-15), aryl group (e.g. 6-14 carbon atoms), alkoxy group (e.g. 1-15 carbon atoms), cycloalkylalkoxy group (e.g. 1-15 carbon atoms), halogen atom (e.g.
  • the above substituent may further have a substituent if possible.
  • the above alkyl group may have a halogen atom as a substituent to become a halogenated alkyl group such as a trifluoromethyl group. preferable.
  • the cation (ZaI-2) is a cation in which R 201 to R 203 in the formula (ZaI) each independently represent an organic group having no aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
  • the organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, or an alkoxy
  • a carbonylmethyl group is more preferred, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group is even more preferred.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 include, for example, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group). group, butyl group, and pentyl group), and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group).
  • R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (eg, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
  • the cation (ZaI-3b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-3b).
  • R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group.
  • R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group.
  • R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (such as a t-butyl group), a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an aryl group.
  • R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the rings may each independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
  • the above-mentioned ring include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic condensed ring formed by combining two or more of these rings.
  • the ring include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include alkylene groups such as a butylene group and a pentylene group.
  • the methylene group in this alkylene group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
  • the group formed by bonding R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R 6c , R 7c , R x , R y , and any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and the ring formed by bonding R x and R y to each other may have a substituent.
  • the cation (ZaI-4b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-4b).
  • R13 is a group having a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group (cycloalkyl It may be a group itself or a group partially containing a cycloalkyl group). These groups may have substituents.
  • R 14 is a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), an alkyl group, A halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a group having a cycloalkyl group (it may be a cycloalkyl group itself, or a cycloalkyl group may be a part of a cycloalkyl group) may be a group containing). These groups may have substituents.
  • a halogen atom for example, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.
  • an alkyl group A halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an al
  • R 15 each independently represents the above group such as a hydroxyl group.
  • R 15 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group.
  • Two R 15s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • two R 15s are alkylene groups and are preferably bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • the ring formed by bonding the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, naphthyl group, and two R 15s to each other may have a substituent.
  • the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are preferably linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10.
  • As the alkyl group a methyl group, ethyl group, n-butyl group, or t-butyl group is more preferable.
  • R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group for R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocycle having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like.
  • Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocycle include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, or norbornyl group).
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent.
  • substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have include an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), 15), an aryl group (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group.
  • the organic anion represented by X - in the photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 is preferably a non-nucleophilic anion (an anion with extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction).
  • non-nucleophilic anions include sulfonic acid anions (aliphatic sulfonic acid anions, aromatic sulfonic acid anions, camphor sulfonic acid anions, etc.), carboxylic acid anions (aliphatic carboxylic acid anions, aromatic carboxylic acid anions) , and aralkylcarboxylic acid anions), sulfonylimide anions, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anions, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anions.
  • organic anion is, for example, an organic anion represented by the following formula (DA).
  • a 31 - represents an anionic group.
  • R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • L a1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • a 31 - represents an anionic group.
  • the anionic group represented by A 31 - is not particularly limited, but is preferably a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by formulas (B-1) to (B-14), for example. , among others, formula (B-1), formula (B-2), formula (B-3), formula (B-4), formula (B-5), formula (B-6), formula (B- 10), formula (B-12), formula (B-13), or formula (B-14) are more preferred.
  • R X1 each independently represents a monovalent organic group.
  • R X2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent other than a fluorine atom and a perfluoroalkyl group. Two R X2 's in formula (B-7) may be the same or different.
  • R XF1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • R XF1 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • Two R XF1 's in formula (B-8) may be the same or different.
  • R X3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
  • n1 represents an integer from 0 to 4.
  • R XF2 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the partner to which the bonding position represented by * in formula (B-14) is bonded is preferably a phenylene group which may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the phenylene group may have include a halogen atom.
  • R X1 each independently represents a monovalent organic group.
  • R X1 is an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), or a cycloalkyl group (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms). ), or an aryl group (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 6 to 20). Further, the above group represented by R X1 may have a substituent.
  • it is also preferable that the atom directly bonded to N- in R X1 is neither the carbon atom in -CO- nor the sulfur atom in -SO 2 -.
  • the cycloalkyl group in R X1 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group for R X1 include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
  • the substituent that the cycloalkyl group in R One or more of the carbon atoms that are ring member atoms of the cycloalkyl group in R X1 may be replaced with a carbonyl carbon atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group in R X1 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5.
  • the substituent that the alkyl group in R X1 may have is not particularly limited, but is preferably a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group as the above-mentioned substituent include the cycloalkyl group described in the case where R X1 is a cycloalkyl group.
  • the alkyl group in R X1 has a fluorine atom as the substituent, the alkyl group may be a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • one or more -CH 2 - may be substituted with a carbonyl group.
  • the aryl group for R X1 is preferably a benzene ring group.
  • the substituent that the aryl group in R X1 may have is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group. Examples of the alkyl group as the above-mentioned substituent include the alkyl groups explained in the case where R X1 is an alkyl group.
  • R In formulas (B-7) and (B-11), R ). Two R X2 's in formula (B-7) may be the same or different.
  • R XF1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a perfluoroalkyl group. However, at least one of the plurality of R XF1 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group. Two R XF1 's in formula (B-8) may be the same or different.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R XF1 is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 6.
  • R X3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
  • the halogen atom as R X3 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, of which a fluorine atom is preferred.
  • the monovalent organic group as R X3 is the same as the monovalent organic group described as R X1 .
  • n1 represents an integer from 0 to 4.
  • n1 is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and preferably 0 or 1. When n1 represents an integer of 2 to 4, a plurality of R X3 may be the same or different.
  • R XF2 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R XF2 is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 6.
  • the monovalent organic group R a1 is not particularly limited, but generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R a1 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched, and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably has 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group described above may further have a substituent. Furthermore, A 31- and R a1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the divalent linking group as L a1 is not particularly limited, but includes alkylene groups, cycloalkylene groups, aromatic groups, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, and groups formed by combining two or more of these. represent.
  • the alkylene group may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic group is a divalent aromatic group, preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group is not particularly limited, but examples include aromatic rings having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, and thiophene ring. .
  • the aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring.
  • the alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, and aromatic group may further have a substituent, and the substituent is preferably a halogen atom.
  • L a1 preferably represents a single bond.
  • Examples of the photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 include paragraphs [0135] to [0171] of International Publication No. 2018/193954, paragraphs [0077] to [0116] of International Publication No. 2020/066824, and International Publication No. 2017/154345. It is also preferable to use the photoacid generators disclosed in paragraphs [0018] to [0075] and [0334] to [0335].
  • the molecular weight of the photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1000 or less.
  • Photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 Photodegradable onium salt compound PG2
  • compound (I) and compound (II) hereinafter, “compound (I) and compound (II)
  • photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 is a compound that has two or more of the above-described salt structure sites and generates a polyvalent organic acid upon exposure to light.
  • the photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 will be explained below.
  • Compound (I) is a compound having one or more of the following structural moieties X and one or more of the following structural moieties Y, and the following first acidic acid derived from the following structural moiety This is a compound that generates an acid containing the following second acidic site derived from the structural site Y below. structural site _ _ _ 2 - and a cationic site M 2 + , and forms a second acidic site represented by HA 2 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. However, compound (I) satisfies the following condition I.
  • a compound PI obtained by replacing the cation moiety M 1 + in the structural moiety X and the cation moiety M 2 + in the structural moiety Y with H + in the compound (I) is The acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acidic site represented by HA 1 is obtained by replacing the cationic site M 1 + with H + , and the acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acidic site represented by HA 1 is obtained by replacing the cationic site M 2 + in the structural site Y with H + It has an acid dissociation constant a2 derived from the acidic site represented by HA 2 , and the acid dissociation constant a2 is larger than the acid dissociation constant a1.
  • the above-mentioned compound PI corresponds to an acid generated when compound (I) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
  • compound (I) has two or more structural sites X
  • the structural sites X may be the same or different.
  • the two or more A 1 ⁇ and the two or more M 1 + may be the same or different.
  • the above A 1 - and the above A 2 - , and the above M 1 + and the above M 2 + may be the same or different, but the above A 1 - and the above Preferably, each A 2 - is different.
  • the anionic moiety A 1 - and the anionic moiety A 2 - are structural moieties containing negatively charged atoms or atomic groups, for example, the formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3) and the formula (BB Examples include structural sites selected from the group consisting of -1) to (BB-6). Note that in the following formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3) and formulas (BB-1) to (BB-6), * represents the bonding position.
  • R A represents a monovalent organic group. Examples of the monovalent organic group represented by R A include a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a methanesulfonyl group.
  • the cationic site M 1 + and the cationic site M 2 + are structural sites containing positively charged atoms or atomic groups, such as monovalent organic cations.
  • the organic cation is not particularly limited, but is preferably an organic cation (cation (ZaI)) represented by the above-mentioned formula (ZaI) or an organic cation (cation (ZaII)) represented by the formula (ZaII).
  • Compound (II) is a compound having two or more of the above structural moieties It is a compound that generates an acid containing two or more sites and the above structural site Z.
  • Structural site Z nonionic site capable of neutralizing acids
  • the above compound (II) is a compound PII (acid) having an acidic site represented by HA 1 obtained by replacing the above cation site M 1 + in the above structural site X with H + by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. It can occur. That is, compound PII represents a compound having the acidic site represented by HA 1 above and the structural site Z, which is a nonionic site capable of neutralizing acid.
  • the definition of the structural moiety X and the definitions of A 1 - and M 1 + in compound (II) are the same as the definition of the structural moiety X and A 1 - and M 1 + in compound (I) described above. It has the same meaning as the definition, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the two or more structural sites X may be the same or different.
  • the two or more A 1 ⁇ and the two or more M 1 + may be the same or different.
  • the nonionic site that can neutralize the acid in the structural site Z is not particularly limited, and is preferably a site that contains a group that can electrostatically interact with protons or a functional group that has electrons. .
  • a group capable of electrostatic interaction with protons or a functional group having electrons a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether, or a nitrogen atom having a lone pair of electrons that does not contribute to ⁇ conjugation is used. Examples include functional groups having such a functional group.
  • a nitrogen atom having a lone pair of electrons that does not contribute to ⁇ conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure shown in the following formula.
  • partial structures of functional groups having groups or electrons that can electrostatically interact with protons include crown ether structures, aza crown ether structures, primary to tertiary amine structures, pyridine structures, imidazole structures, and pyrazine structures. Among them, primary to tertiary amine structures are preferred.
  • the molecular weight of the photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 is preferably 100 to 10,000, more preferably 100 to 2,500, even more preferably 100 to 1,500.
  • the content of the onium salt compound (A) is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass based on the total solid content of the resist composition. If it is 0.1% by mass or more, the dissolution contrast between the unexposed area and the exposed area, which is caused by the presence or absence of interaction with the acidic group having an acidic proton in the polymer (B), increases, and the effects of the present invention can be obtained.
  • Cheap The lower limit of the content is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, further preferably 1.0% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 2.0% by mass or more.
  • the content is 20% by mass or less, the unexposed area will have appropriate solubility, the sensitivity will be better, and the effects of the present invention will be more likely to be obtained.
  • the upper limit of the content is more preferably 10.0% by mass or less, and even more preferably 5.0% by mass or less.
  • the onium salt compound (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the resist composition of the present invention includes a polymer (hereinafter also referred to as polymer (B)) that has a repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton and whose main chain is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the polymer (B) has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
  • the polymer (B) is a so-called main chain-cleaved polymer whose main chain is decomposed (the main chain is cut) by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the polymer (B) is preferably a polymer whose main chain decomposes when irradiated with X-rays, electron beams or extreme ultraviolet rays, and preferably whose main chain decomposes when irradiated with electron beams or extreme ultraviolet rays. More preferred.
  • the polymer (B) includes a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and a repeating unit for the polymer (B) to function as a main chain cleavage type polymer (preferably, a repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) described below). It is preferable that it is a copolymer containing a repeating unit represented by The polymer (B) may be a random copolymer, a block copolymer, or an alternating copolymer, and more preferably an alternating copolymer.
  • the polymer (B) has a repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton.
  • the acidic group having an acidic proton acts as a group that interacts with the above-mentioned onium salt compound (A).
  • the alkyl group for R N is preferably an alkyl group exemplified as the organic group W listed below, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, t -butyl group is more preferred, and methyl group is particularly preferred.
  • the alkyl group in the alkylcarbonyl group as R N is preferably an alkyl group exemplified as the organic group W below, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. , methyl group, and t-butyl group are more preferred, and methyl group is particularly preferred.
  • Examples of the aryl group for R N include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, and the like, with a phenyl group being particularly preferred.
  • Examples of the aryl group in the arylcarbonyl group as R N include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, and a phenyl group is particularly preferred.
  • Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group as R N include methyl ester and ethyl ester, with methyl ester being particularly preferred.
  • the alkyl group in the alkylsulfonyl group as R N is preferably an alkyl group exemplified below as an organic group W, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. , methyl group, and t-butyl group are more preferred, and methyl group is particularly preferred.
  • Examples of the aryl group in the arylsulfonyl group as R N include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, and the like, with a phenyl group being particularly preferred.
  • the sulfonylimide group is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (K1) or (K2).
  • R K represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group as R K is preferably an alkyl group exemplified below as an organic group W, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, t -Butyl group is more preferred, and methyl group is particularly preferred.
  • Examples of the aryl group as R K include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, and the like, with a phenyl group being particularly preferred.
  • R K may further have a substituent. As the substituent, a halogen atom is preferable, and a fluorine atom is more preferable.
  • carbonylimide group is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (M1) or (M2).
  • R M represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group as R M is preferably an alkyl group exemplified below as an organic group W, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, t -Butyl group is more preferred, and methyl group is particularly preferred.
  • Examples of the aryl group as R M include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, and the like, with a phenyl group being particularly preferred.
  • R M may further have a substituent. As the substituent, a halogen atom is preferable, and a fluorine atom is more preferable.
  • the aromatic ring to which the thiol group is bonded is not particularly limited, and may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle. Further, the aromatic ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Specifically, the groups exemplified as the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group of A 2 in the general formula (1) described below can be mentioned. The same applies to the aromatic ring to which the hydroxyl group in the phenolic hydroxyl group is bonded.
  • the alkyl group represented by R P is preferably an alkyl group exemplified below as an organic group W, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group or More preferred is t-butyl group.
  • the aryl group represented by R P is preferably an aryl group exemplified below as an organic group W, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a phenyl group.
  • Acidic groups having acidic protons include phenolic hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, -SO 2 NHR N (R N represents a hydrogen atom, an alkylcarbonyl group, or an arylcarbonyl group), an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and an aromatic group. It is preferably at least one group selected from thiol groups substituted on ring member atoms of a ring, and more preferably at least one group selected from phenolic hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups.
  • the repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton may be a repeating unit represented by general formula (1) described below, or may be a repeating unit represented by general formula (2), and may be a repeating unit represented by general formula (2). Other repeating units different from (1) and (2) may be used, but at least one of the repeating units represented by general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by general formula (2) may be used. A repeating unit represented by general formula (1) is more preferable. The specific structure of the repeating unit will be described later.
  • the content of repeating units containing acidic groups having acidic protons is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, based on all repeating units. , more preferably 40 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit thereof is, for example, preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 90 mol% or less, even more preferably 80 mol% or less, and 60 mol% or less, based on all repeating units. It is particularly preferable that
  • one type of repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton may be contained alone, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types are included, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • a 2 represents an aromatic ring group having an electron donating group. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group represented by Y include linear or branched alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, and aryl groups.
  • the linear or branched alkyl group represented by Y is preferably an alkyl group exemplified as the organic group W listed below, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group. Or ethyl group is more preferable.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by Y is preferably a cycloalkyl group exemplified as the organic group W listed below, and more preferably a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group.
  • the aryl group represented by Y is preferably an aryl group exemplified as the organic group W listed below, and more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group.
  • Y is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, more preferably a methyl group.
  • a 2 represents an aromatic ring group having an electron donating group. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
  • Examples of the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group that A 2 has include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocycle.
  • the aromatic ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • aromatic heterocycle is not particularly limited, but for example, an aromatic heterocycle having 3 to 20 carbon atoms (heteroatoms contained in the ring include, for example, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, etc.) Can be mentioned.
  • thiophene ring examples include a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyridine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, etc., with a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a benzimidazole ring, and a benzothiazole ring being preferred; A thiazole ring is more preferred.
  • the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group that A 2 has is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and more preferably a benzene ring.
  • an electron-donating group having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p value of less than 0 is preferably mentioned.
  • Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ value is a numerical expression of the effect of a substituent on the acid dissociation equilibrium constant of substituted benzoic acid, and is a parameter indicating the strength of the electron-withdrawing and electron-donating properties of the substituent. be.
  • the Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p value (hereinafter also simply referred to as " ⁇ p value") in this specification means the substituent constant ⁇ when the substituent is located at the para position of benzoic acid.
  • the pKa of benzoic acid and the para position are calculated using the software "ACD/ChemSketch (ACD/Labs 8.00 Release Product Version: 8.08)".
  • the ⁇ p value can be calculated based on the difference from the pKa of the benzoic acid derivative having a substituent.
  • the ⁇ p value of the electron-donating group is preferably -0.05 or less, more preferably -0.1 or less.
  • the lower limit of the ⁇ p value of the electron-donating group is not particularly limited, but is preferably ⁇ 0.9 or more.
  • Examples of the electron-donating group having a Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ p value of less than 0 include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a dialkylamino group, and a monoalkylamino group.
  • the alkyl group moiety in the alkoxy group as an electron donating group the above-mentioned alkyl group is preferable.
  • the alkyl group moiety in the alkylthio group as an electron-donating group is preferably the above alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group moiety in the dialkylamino group as an electron-donating group the above-mentioned alkyl groups are preferable.
  • the two alkyl groups in the dialkylamino group may be the same or different.
  • the electron-donating group is preferably at least one group selected from an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a dialkylamino group, and a monoalkylamino group; More preferably, it is at least one group selected from amino groups, and even more preferably at least one group selected from dialkylamino groups and monoalkylamino groups.
  • the number of electron-donating groups that the aromatic ring group has is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 4, more preferably 2 or 3.
  • the aromatic ring group may have a substituent other than the electron-donating group. Among these, it is preferable to further include an acidic group having the above-mentioned acidic proton.
  • the repeating unit represented by general formula (1) corresponds to the above-mentioned repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton.
  • the aromatic ring group may be bonded directly to the electron donating group or may be bonded to the electron donating group via a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include a divalent linking group as L 2 in general formula (1-2) described below.
  • the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1-2).
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • R 2 represents an acidic group having an acidic proton. When a plurality of R 2s exist, the plurality of R 2s may be the same or different.
  • R 3 represents an electron donating group. When a plurality of R 3s exist, the plurality of R 3s may be the same or different. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
  • L 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • m represents an integer from 1 to 4.
  • n represents an integer from 1 to 4. However, 1 ⁇ m+n ⁇ 5 is satisfied.
  • Y in general formula (1-2) has the same meaning as Y in general formula (1), and preferred examples are also the same.
  • Examples of the acidic group having an acidic proton represented by R 2 in the general formula (1-2) include the above-mentioned acidic group having an acidic proton, and preferred examples are also the same.
  • Examples of the electron-donating group represented by R 3 in the general formula (1-2) include the electron-donating group having the above-mentioned Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ p value of less than 0, and preferred examples are also the same.
  • the following groups can be mentioned.
  • the alkylene group may be linear or branched, and includes alkylene groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • n is preferably 1 or 2.
  • the content of repeating units represented by general formula (1) is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, based on all repeating units.
  • the content is preferably 40 mol% or more, and more preferably 40 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit thereof is, for example, preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 90 mol% or less, even more preferably 80 mol% or less, and 60 mol% or less, based on all repeating units. It is particularly preferable that
  • one type of repeating unit represented by general formula (1) may be contained alone, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types are included, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the polymer (B) preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2) as a repeating unit for the polymer (B) to function as a main chain cleavage type polymer.
  • X represents a halogen atom.
  • L 1 represents -O- or -NR 1 -.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • a 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be linked with A 1 or R 1 to form a ring.
  • X represents a halogen atom.
  • the halogen atom represented by X include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • the halogen atom represented by X is preferably a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom, and more preferably a chlorine atom, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the organic groups represented by R 1 , R 0 , and A 1 are not particularly limited, and include, for example, groups exemplified as the organic group W below.
  • the organic group W is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkynyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an aralkyl group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heterocycle.
  • each of the above-mentioned groups may further have a substituent, if possible.
  • an alkyl group which may have a substituent is also included as one form of the organic group W.
  • the above substituents are not particularly limited, but include, for example, one or more of the groups shown as the organic group W above, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a primary to tertiary amino group, a phosphino group, a phosphinyl group, Examples include a phosphinyloxy group, a phosphinylamino group, a phosphono group, a silyl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group (hereinafter, these are referred to as "substituent T").
  • the number of carbon atoms in the organic group W is, for example, 1 to 20.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group exemplified in the organic group W is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 6.
  • the alkyl group may be either linear or branched. Examples of the alkyl group include linear or branched alkyl groups such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, t-butyl group, and n-hexyl group. Can be mentioned.
  • the substituent which the alkyl group may have is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, the groups exemplified by the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the alkyl group moiety in the alkoxy group (including the alkoxy group moiety in a substituent containing an alkoxy group (e.g., alkoxycarbonyloxy group)), the alkyl group moiety in an aralkyl group, and the alkyl group in an alkylcarbonyl group exemplified in the organic group W
  • the alkyl group moiety in the alkylcarbonyloxy group the alkyl group moiety in the alkylthio group, the alkyl group moiety in the alkylsulfinyl group, and the alkyl group moiety in the alkylsulfonyl group, the above alkyl groups are preferable.
  • an alkoxy group that may have a substituent an aralkyl group that may have a substituent, an alkylcarbonyloxy group that may have a substituent, an alkylthio group that may have a substituent, a substituent
  • an alkoxy group, an aralkyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfinyl group, and an alkylsulfonyl group have Examples of the substituent which may be substituted include the same substituents as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group for the organic group W include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group.
  • Examples include alkyl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is preferably 5 to 20, more preferably 5 to 15.
  • examples of the substituent which the cycloalkyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the alkenyl group exemplified in the organic group W may be either linear or branched.
  • the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • examples of the substituent which the alkenyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the cycloalkenyl group exemplified in the organic group W preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • examples of the substituent which the cycloalkenyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the alkynyl group exemplified as the organic group W may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkynyl group is preferably 2 to 20.
  • examples of the substituent which the alkynyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the cycloalkynyl group exemplified as the organic group W preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • examples of the substituent which the cycloalkynyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the aryl group exemplified in the organic group W may be either monocyclic or polycyclic (eg, 2-6 rings, etc.) unless otherwise specified.
  • the number of ring member atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 15, more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or an anthryl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • examples of the substituent which the aryl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the same examples as the aryl group exemplified in the above organic group W are given for the aryl group moiety in a substituent containing an aryl group (for example, an aryloxy group). It will be done.
  • the heteroaryl group exemplified in the organic group W may be either monocyclic or polycyclic (eg, 2-6 rings, etc.) unless otherwise specified.
  • the number of heteroatoms that the heteroaryl group has as ring member atoms is, for example, 1 to 10.
  • the heteroatoms include nitrogen atom, sulfur atom, oxygen atom, selenium atom, tellurium atom, phosphorus atom, silicon atom, and boron atom.
  • the number of ring member atoms in the above heteroaryl group is preferably 5 to 15.
  • examples of the substituent which the heteroaryl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the heterocycle exemplified in the organic group W is intended to be a ring containing a hetero atom as a ring member atom, and unless otherwise specified, it may be either an aromatic heterocycle or an aliphatic heterocycle, and may include a monocyclic ring and a polycyclic ring. It may be any ring (for example, 2 to 6 rings, etc.).
  • the number of heteroatoms that the heterocycle has as ring member atoms is, for example, 1 to 10. Examples of the heteroatoms include nitrogen atom, sulfur atom, oxygen atom, selenium atom, tellurium atom, phosphorus atom, silicon atom, and boron atom.
  • the number of ring member atoms in the heterocycle is preferably 5 to 15.
  • examples of the substituent which the heterocycle may have are similar to the substituents in the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the lactone group exemplified in the organic group W is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone group, and another ring structure is fused to the 5- to 7-membered lactone ring to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure. It is more preferable that In the lactone group that may have a substituent, examples of the substituent that the lactone group may have include the same as the substituents for the alkyl group that may have a substituent.
  • R 0 a hydrogen atom is preferable as R 0 .
  • R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • a 1 preferably represents an organic group having a halogen atom (preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom), and represents an organic group having an iodine atom. Preferably it represents a group. Note that when A 1 represents an organic group having a halogen atom, the organic group may further have a substituent other than the halogen atom.
  • the repeating unit represented by general formula (2) corresponds to the above-mentioned repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton.
  • R 0 may be linked with A 1 or R 1 to form a ring.
  • the ring formed by connecting R 0 with A 1 or R 1 is not particularly limited, and may be either a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring.
  • the above-mentioned ring may contain heteroatoms such as oxygen atom, nitrogen atom, and sulfur atom, and/or carbonyl carbon as ring member atoms.
  • the ring is preferably a 5- or 6-membered alicyclic ring.
  • the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2-2).
  • X represents a halogen atom.
  • a 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be connected to A 1 to form a ring.
  • X, A 1 and R 0 in general formula (2-2) have the same meanings as X, A 1 and R 0 in general formula (2) above, respectively, and preferred examples are also the same.
  • the content of repeating units represented by general formula (2) is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, based on all repeating units.
  • the content is preferably 40 mol% or more, and more preferably 40 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit thereof is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, still more preferably 70 mol% or less, and 60 mol% or less, based on all repeating units. The following is particularly preferred.
  • one type of repeating unit represented by general formula (2) may be contained alone, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types are included, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the polymer (B) may contain repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Specifically, for example, it may contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3). Note that among the repeating units represented by general formula (3), those corresponding to the repeating units represented by general formula (1) above are treated as repeating units represented by general formula (1).
  • Y 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • Ar represents an aryl group.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group represented by Y 3 in the general formula (3) include the hydrocarbon group represented by Y in the above-mentioned general formula (1).
  • Y3 is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, more preferably a methyl group.
  • Ar represents an aryl group which may have a substituent.
  • the aryl group which may have a substituent is preferably an aryl group exemplified as the organic group W, and more preferably a phenyl group which may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent that the aryl group may have include the same substituents as the alkyl group that may have a substituent described above as the organic group W.
  • Ar represents an aryl group having a substituent, and the substituent contains a halogen atom.
  • Ar is preferably an aryl group having a substituent containing a halogen atom.
  • the number of halogen atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3.
  • Ar may be an aryl group having an acidic group having the above-mentioned acidic proton as a substituent.
  • the aryl group has an acidic group having an acidic proton as a substituent
  • the number of acidic groups having an acidic proton is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 3, for example.
  • the repeating unit represented by general formula (3) corresponds to the above-mentioned repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton.
  • the content thereof is preferably 30 mol% or less, and 15 mol% or less based on all the repeating units. is more preferable.
  • the polymer (B) preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2) in addition to the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1), and preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1-2). It is more preferable to include a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2-2).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (B) is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more, and even more preferably 20,000 or more. Moreover, the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (B) is preferably 200,000 or less, more preferably 150,000 or less, even more preferably 100,000 or less, and particularly preferably 85,000 or less.
  • the above weight average molecular weight value is a value determined as a polystyrene equivalent value by GPC method.
  • the degree of dispersion (molecular weight distribution) of the polymer (B) is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.0, more preferably 1.0 to 1.8, and 1.0 ⁇ 1.6 is more preferred. When the degree of dispersion is within the above range, the resolution and resist shape tend to be better.
  • the polymer (B) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, by radical polymerization). Details of synthesis examples are shown in Examples.
  • the content of the polymer (B) is preferably 50.0% by mass or more, more preferably 60.0% by mass or more, and 70.0% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferably, the amount is % by mass or more. Further, the upper limit is 100% by mass or less, preferably 99.9% by mass or less. Further, the polymer (B) may be used alone or in combination. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the resist composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
  • the solvent consists of (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, and (M2) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid ester, acetate ester, alkoxypropionic acid ester, chain ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate.
  • M1 propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate
  • M2 propylene glycol monoalkyl ether
  • lactic acid ester acetate ester
  • alkoxypropionic acid ester chain ketone
  • cyclic ketone cyclic ketone
  • lactone alkylene carbonate
  • alkylene carbonate Preferably, at least one selected from the group .
  • this solvent may further contain components other than components (M1) and (M2).
  • Component (M1) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate; Glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) is more preferred.
  • component (M2) the following are preferable.
  • propylene glycol monoalkyl ether propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) and propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE) are preferable.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • PGEE propylene glycol monoethyl ether
  • lactic acid ester ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, or propyl lactate
  • acetic acid ester methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, propyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, or 3-methoxybutyl acetate is preferred.
  • butyl butyrate is also preferred.
  • alkoxypropionate ester methyl 3-methoxypropionate (MMP) or ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (EEP) is preferable.
  • chain ketones include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, and methyl isobutyl.
  • Ketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetyl carbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthyl ketone, or methyl amyl ketone is preferred.
  • cyclic ketone methylcyclohexanone, isophorone, cyclopentanone, or cyclohexanone is preferred.
  • lactone ⁇ -butyrolactone is preferred.
  • alkylene carbonate propylene carbonate is preferred.
  • Component (M2) is more preferably propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), ethyl lactate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl amyl ketone, cyclohexanone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, or propylene carbonate.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • ethyl lactate ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate
  • methyl amyl ketone cyclohexanone
  • butyl acetate pentyl acetate
  • ⁇ -butyrolactone propylene carbonate
  • the solvent may include an ester solvent having 7 or more carbon atoms (preferably 7 to 14, more preferably 7 to 12, even more preferably 7 to 10) and having 2 or less heteroatoms. It is also preferable to include.
  • ester solvents having 7 or more carbon atoms and 2 or less heteroatoms include amyl acetate, 2-methylbutyl acetate, 1-methylbutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, pentyl propionate, hexyl propionate, butyl propionate, and isobutyl isobutyrate. , heptyl propionate, or butyl butanoate are preferred, and isoamyl acetate is more preferred.
  • the component (M2) preferably has a flash point (hereinafter also referred to as fp) of 37° C. or higher.
  • Such components (M2) include propylene glycol monomethyl ether (fp: 47°C), ethyl lactate (fp: 53°C), ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (fp: 49°C), and methyl amyl ketone (fp: 42°C). ), cyclohexanone (fp: 44°C), pentyl acetate (fp: 45°C), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate (fp: 45°C), ⁇ -butyrolactone (fp: 101°C), or propylene carbonate (fp: 132°C) is preferred.
  • propylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethyl lactate, pentyl acetate, or cyclohexanone are more preferred, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether or ethyl lactate is even more preferred.
  • flash point here means the value described in the reagent catalog of Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. or Sigma-Aldrich.
  • the solvent contains component (M1). It is more preferable that the solvent consists essentially of component (M1) only, or is a mixed solvent of component (M1) and other components. In the latter case, it is more preferable that the solvent contains both component (M1) and component (M2).
  • the mass ratio (M1/M2) of component (M1) and component (M2) is preferably within the range of "100/0" to "15/85", and is preferably within the range of "100/0" to "40/60”. ”, and even more preferably within the range of “100/0” to “60/40”. That is, it is preferable that the solvent consists only of component (M1) or contains both component (M1) and component (M2), and the mass ratio thereof is as follows.
  • the mass ratio of component (M1) to component (M2) is preferably 15/85 or more, more preferably 40/60 or more, and even more preferably 60/40 or more. preferable. If such a configuration is adopted, it becomes possible to further reduce the number of development defects.
  • the mass ratio of component (M1) to component (M2) is, for example, 99/1 or less.
  • the content of components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the solvent.
  • the content of the solvent in the resist composition of the present invention is preferably determined so that the solid content concentration is 0.5 to 30% by mass, and 1 to 20% by mass in terms of better coating properties. It is more preferable to set
  • the resist composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant When a surfactant is included, a pattern with better adhesion and fewer development defects can be formed.
  • the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant. Examples of the fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants include the surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.
  • surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, and 0.0005 to 1% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferred.
  • the present invention also relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in which the polymer has a repeating unit represented by
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • a 2 represents an aromatic ring group having an electron donating group. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the at least one group.
  • X represents a halogen atom.
  • L 1 represents -O- or -NR 1 -.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • a 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be linked with A 1 or R 1 to form a ring.
  • the polymer (B1) is a preferred embodiment of the polymer (B).
  • Phenolic hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, -SO 2 NHR N R N represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a cyano group
  • R N represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a cyano group
  • R P represents an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • each group in general formula (1) and general formula (2) is synonymous with each group in general formula (1) and general formula (2) of the said polymer (B).
  • the repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton may be a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1), a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2), or the above general formula (2).
  • other repeating units different from formulas (1) and (2) may be used, at least any of the repeating units represented by the above general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2) One of them is preferable, and a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1) is more preferable.
  • the polymer preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1-2) and a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2-2).
  • the above-mentioned polymer may contain repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units within a range that does not impede the effects of the present invention. Examples of other repeating units include those similar to other repeating units that the polymer (B) may contain.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1) and the content of the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2) are determined by the above general formula (1) in the above polymer (B).
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (2) is the same as the content of the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2).
  • the content of other repeating units is also the same as the content of other repeating units in the above polymer (B).
  • the present invention also relates to a resist film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the present invention also provides a step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a step of exposing the resist film, and a step of applying a developer to the exposed resist film.
  • a pattern forming method which comprises a step of developing using a pattern forming method.
  • Step 1 Step of forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition
  • Step 2 Step of exposing the resist film
  • Step 3 Step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer
  • Step 1 is a step of forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition.
  • the definition of the resist composition is as described above.
  • Examples of methods for forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition include a method of applying a resist composition onto a substrate. Note that it is preferable to filter the resist composition as necessary before coating.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • the resist composition can be applied onto a substrate (eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coated), such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit devices, by any suitable application method, such as a spinner or coater.
  • the coating method is preferably spin coating using a spinner.
  • the rotation speed during spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm.
  • the substrate may be dried to form a resist film. Note that, if necessary, various base films (inorganic film, organic film, antireflection film) may be formed under the resist film.
  • drying method examples include a method of drying by heating. Heating can be carried out using a means provided in an ordinary exposure machine and/or developing machine, or may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
  • the thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 120 nm from the standpoint of forming fine patterns with higher precision. Among these, in the case of EUV exposure and EB exposure, the thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 50 nm. Further, in the case of ArF immersion exposure, the thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 120 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 90 nm.
  • a top coat may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film using a top coat composition.
  • the top coat composition does not mix with the resist film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the resist film.
  • the top coat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known top coat can be formed by a conventionally known method. Can be formed.
  • Specific examples of basic compounds that may be included in the top coat include basic compounds that may be included in the resist composition.
  • the top coat contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
  • Step 2 is a step of exposing the resist film.
  • the exposure method include a method of irradiating the formed resist film with actinic rays or radiation through a predetermined mask.
  • Actinic light or radiation includes infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams, preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, particularly preferably 1 to Deep ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 200 nm, specifically KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F2 excimer laser (157 nm), EUV (13 nm), X-rays, and electron beams.
  • post-exposure heat treatment also referred to as post-exposure bake
  • the post-exposure heat treatment accelerates the reaction in the exposed area, resulting in better sensitivity and pattern shape.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
  • the heating time is preferably 10 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably 30 to 120 seconds. Heating can be carried out using means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
  • Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer to form a pattern.
  • the developer is preferably a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer).
  • Development methods include, for example, a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and the substrate is left still for a certain period of time for development (paddle method). ), a method of spraying the developer onto the substrate surface (spray method), and a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed onto the rotating substrate (dynamic dispensing method). can be mentioned. Furthermore, after the step of developing, a step of stopping the development may be carried out while substituting another solvent.
  • the development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed areas is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 20 to 120 seconds.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably 0 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 35°C.
  • the organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. It is preferable to have one.
  • a plurality of the above-mentioned solvents may be mixed together, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above-mentioned ones or water.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass, based on the total amount of the developer. The following is more preferable, and 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
  • the pattern forming method preferably includes a step of cleaning using a rinsing liquid after step 3.
  • the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the development step using an organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and solutions containing common organic solvents can be used.
  • the rinsing liquid contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents. is preferred.
  • the method of the rinsing process is not particularly limited, and examples include a method in which the rinsing liquid is continuously discharged onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), and a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time. (dip method), and a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method).
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. In this step, the developer and rinse solution remaining between patterns and inside the patterns due to baking are removed. This step also has the effect of smoothing the resist pattern and improving surface roughness of the pattern.
  • the heating step after the rinsing step is usually carried out at 40 to 250°C (preferably 90 to 200°C) for 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).
  • the substrate may be etched using the formed pattern as a mask. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the lower film and the substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate.
  • the method of processing the substrate (or the lower layer film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, but by performing dry etching on the substrate (or the lower layer film and the substrate) using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask, the substrate is processed.
  • a method of forming a pattern is preferred.
  • the dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.
  • the resist composition and various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention do not contain impurities such as metals. Preferably, it does not contain.
  • the content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm or less, more preferably 10 mass ppt or less, even more preferably 100 mass ppt or less, particularly preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and most preferably 1 mass ppt or less.
  • examples of metal impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, W, Zn, etc. are mentioned.
  • Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from various materials include filtration using a filter. Details of filtration using a filter are described in paragraph [0321] of International Publication No. 2020/004306.
  • methods for reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials include, for example, selecting raw materials with low metal content as raw materials constituting various materials, and filtering raw materials constituting various materials. and a method in which distillation is carried out under conditions where contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark).
  • impurities may be removed using an adsorbent, or a combination of filter filtration and an adsorbent may be used.
  • adsorbent known adsorbents can be used, such as inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
  • inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite
  • organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
  • metal impurities have been sufficiently removed from the manufacturing equipment can be confirmed by measuring the content of metal components contained in the cleaning liquid used to clean the manufacturing equipment.
  • the content of metal components contained in the cleaning solution after use is preferably 100 parts per trillion or less, more preferably 10 parts per trillion or less, and even more preferably 1 parts per trillion or less.
  • the resist composition may contain water as an impurity.
  • water When water is contained as an impurity, the water content is preferably as small as possible, but may be contained in an amount of 1 to 30,000 ppm by mass based on the entire resist composition.
  • the resist composition may contain residual monomers (for example, monomers derived from raw material monomers used in the synthesis of polymer (B)) as impurities.
  • the content of the residual monomer is preferably as small as possible, but it may be contained in an amount of 1 to 30,000 ppm by mass based on the total solid content of the resist composition.
  • Conductive compounds are added to organic processing solutions such as rinse solutions to prevent damage to chemical piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to static electricity charging and subsequent electrostatic discharge. You may.
  • the conductive compound is not particularly limited, and for example, methanol may be mentioned.
  • the amount added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less in terms of maintaining favorable development characteristics or rinsing characteristics.
  • Examples of chemical liquid piping include SUS (stainless steel), polyethylene or polypropylene treated with antistatic treatment, or various types of piping coated with fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.). can be used.
  • antistatically treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.
  • the present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the above-described pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
  • the electronic device of the present invention is preferably installed in electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, office automation (OA), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
  • the repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton may be a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1), a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2), or the above general formula (2). Although other repeating units different from formulas (1) and (2) may be used, at least any of the repeating units represented by the above general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2) One of them is preferable, and a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1) is more preferable.
  • the polymer preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1-2) and a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2-2).
  • the above-mentioned polymer may contain repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units within a range that does not impede the effects of the present invention. Examples of other repeating units include those similar to other repeating units that the polymer (B) may contain.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1) and the content of the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2) are determined by the above general formula (1) in the above polymer (B).
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (2) is the same as the content of the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2).
  • the content of other repeating units is also the same as the content of other repeating units in the above polymer (B).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity (Mw/Mn) of Polymers B-1 to B-23 and RB-1 to RB-3 were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (polystyrene (converted quantity). Further, the composition ratio (mol% ratio) of the polymer was measured by 13 C-NMR (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance).
  • each raw material monomer is as follows.
  • the raw material monomer of repeating unit 1 in Table 1 is selected from the following monomers M-1 to M-4, M-7, M-8, M-13, M-16, M-18 and M-19.
  • This is a raw material monomer for the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1).
  • the raw material monomer for repeating unit 2 in Table 1 is a raw material monomer for the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2) selected from the following monomers Ma-1 to Ma-9.
  • the raw material monomer for repeating unit 3 in Table 1 is a monomer selected from the following monomers N-1, N-3, and N-5 to N-7.
  • the raw material monomer M-20 of repeating unit 3 in Table 1 is the following monomer M-20.
  • Onium salt compound (A) The structures of the onium salt compounds (A-1 to A-12) shown in Table 2 are shown below. Note that the onium salt compounds (A-1 to A-12) all correspond to photodegradable onium salt compounds.
  • a silicon wafer having a resist film obtained by the above procedure was exposed using an EUV exposure device (manufactured by Exitech, Micro Exposure Tool, NA 0.3, Quadrupol, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36). Pattern irradiation was performed. Note that a mask with a line:space ratio of 1:1 was used as the reticle.
  • the exposed resist film was baked at 90° C. for 60 seconds, developed with butyl acetate for 30 seconds, rinsed with butyl acetate, and spin-dried to obtain a pattern.
  • ⁇ LWR performance> A length-measuring scanning electron microscope (SEM (S-9380II manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)) was used to measure the 14 nm (1:1) line-and-space pattern resolved at the exposure dose that shows the sensitivity (Eop) above. Observation was made from the top of the pattern. The line width of the pattern was observed at 100 arbitrary points, its standard deviation ( ⁇ ) was determined, and the measurement variation in line width was evaluated using 3 ⁇ (nm). The smaller the value, the better the performance.
  • actinic light can be used to form patterns with excellent sensitivity and excellent LWR performance in the formation of ultra-fine patterns (for example, line-and-space patterns with a line width of 15 nm or less, hole patterns with a hole diameter of 15 nm or less, etc.).
  • a radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition can be provided.
  • the present invention can provide a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the present invention can provide a polymer useful for the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.

Abstract

The present invention provides an actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising (A) an onium salt compound and (B) a polymer which has a repeating unit including an acid group having an acidic proton and in which the main chain breaks down at irradiation with actinic rays or radioactive rays. The polymer has a repeating unit represented by a specific general formula. The present invention also provides: a resist film; a pattern formation method; a method for producing an electronic device, the method including the pattern formation method; and a polymer useful for the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.

Description

感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法及び重合体Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, and polymer
 本発明は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線膜、パターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法、及び重合体に関する。 The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, an electronic device manufacturing method, and a polymer.
 KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)用レジスト以降、光吸収による感度低下を補うべく、化学増幅を利用したパターン形成方法が用いられている。例えば、ポジ型の化学増幅法では、まず、露光部に含まれる光酸発生剤が、光照射により分解して酸を発生する。そして、露光後のベーク(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)過程等において、発生した酸の触媒作用により、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂が有するアルカリ不溶性の基をアルカリ可溶性の基に変化させる等して現像液に対する溶解性を変化させる。その後、例えば塩基性水溶液を用いて、現像を行う。これにより、露光部を除去して、所望のパターンを得る。
 半導体素子の微細化のために、露光光源の短波長化及び投影レンズの高開口数(高NA)化が進み、現在では、193nmの波長を有するArFエキシマレーザーを光源とする露光機が開発されている。また、昨今では、極端紫外線(EUV光: Extreme Ultraviolet)及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)を光源としたパターン形成方法も検討されつつある。
 このような現状のもと、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として、種々の構成が提案されている。
After resists for KrF excimer laser (248 nm), pattern forming methods using chemical amplification have been used to compensate for the decrease in sensitivity due to light absorption. For example, in a positive chemical amplification method, first, a photoacid generator contained in an exposed area is decomposed by light irradiation to generate acid. Then, in the post-exposure bake (PEB) process, etc., the catalytic action of the generated acid converts the alkali-insoluble groups of the resin contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition into alkali-soluble groups. The solubility in the developer is changed by, for example, changing to a base. Thereafter, development is performed using, for example, a basic aqueous solution. Thereby, the exposed portion is removed and a desired pattern is obtained.
In order to miniaturize semiconductor devices, the wavelength of exposure light sources has become shorter and the numerical aperture (NA) of projection lenses has become higher.Currently, exposure machines using ArF excimer lasers with a wavelength of 193 nm as light sources have been developed. ing. Furthermore, recently, a pattern forming method using extreme ultraviolet (EUV) light and electron beam (EB) as a light source is also being considered.
Under these current circumstances, various configurations have been proposed as actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions.
 例えば、特許文献1には、フェノール性水酸基を含む繰り返し単位を有し、電子線の照射により主鎖が切断して分子量低下を生じ得る重合体が記載されている。 For example, Patent Document 1 describes a polymer that has a repeating unit containing a phenolic hydroxyl group, and whose main chain can be cut by electron beam irradiation, resulting in a decrease in molecular weight.
日本国特開2020-16699号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-16699
 本発明者らは、特許文献1を参照して所定の重合体を含む感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を調製して検討したところ、感度が昨今要求される水準を満たしておらず、更なる改善の余地があることを明らかとした。また、上記組成物により形成されるパターンは、特に超微細のパターン形成において、LWR(line width roughness)性能が劣り、更なる改善の余地があることを明らかとした。 The present inventors prepared and studied an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a predetermined polymer with reference to Patent Document 1, and found that the sensitivity did not meet the recently required level. It became clear that there was room for further improvement. It was also revealed that the pattern formed by the above composition had poor LWR (line width roughness) performance, especially in the formation of ultra-fine patterns, and there was room for further improvement.
 そこで、本発明は、超微細(例えば、線幅15nm以下のラインアンドスペースパターンや孔径15nm以下のホールパターン等)のパターン形成において、感度に優れ、且つ、LWR性能に優れるパターンを形成可能な感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することを課題とする。
 また、本発明は、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することを課題とする。
 また、本発明は、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に有用な重合体を提供することを課題とする。
Therefore, the present invention has been developed to provide an ultra-fine pattern (for example, a line-and-space pattern with a line width of 15 nm or less, a hole pattern with a hole diameter of 15 nm or less, etc.), which can form a pattern with excellent sensitivity and LWR performance. An object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a polymer useful for the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 本発明者らは、以下の構成により上記課題を解決できることを見出した。 The present inventors have discovered that the above problem can be solved by the following configuration.
[1]
 (A)オニウム塩化合物と、
 (B)酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位を有し、活性光線又は放射線の照射により主鎖が分解する重合体と、を含み、
 上記重合体が、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有し、
 上記酸性基が、フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシル基、-SONHR(Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基を表す)、アミド基、カルボニルイミド基、スルホニルイミド基、芳香環の環員原子に置換したチオール基、及び、又は-C(=O)NHSO(Rは、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す)からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの基を表す、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[1]
(A) an onium salt compound;
(B) a polymer having a repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton and whose main chain decomposes upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation;
The above polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1),
The above acidic group is a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, -SO 2 NHR N (R N is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group) , represents a cyano group), an amide group, a carbonylimide group, a sulfonylimide group, a thiol group substituted on a ring member atom of an aromatic ring, and/or -C(=O)NHSO 2 R P (R P is an alkyl group or an aryl group).An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 一般式(1)中、
 Yは、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
 Aは、電子供与性基を有する芳香環基を表す。但し、上記電子供与性基は、上記酸性基には相当しない。
In general formula (1),
Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
A 2 represents an aromatic ring group having an electron donating group. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
[2]
 上記重合体が、下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位を有する、[1]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[2]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein the polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 一般式(2)中、
 Xは、ハロゲン原子を表す。
 Lは、-O-又は-NR-を表す。Rは水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 Aは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。Rは、A又はRと連結して環を形成しても良い。
In general formula (2),
X represents a halogen atom.
L 1 represents -O- or -NR 1 -. R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be linked with A 1 or R 1 to form a ring.
[3]
 上記重合体が、下記一般式(1-2)で表される繰り返し単位、及び下記一般式(2-2)で表される繰り返し単位を含む、[1]又は[2]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[3]
The sensitizing activity according to [1] or [2], wherein the polymer contains a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1-2) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2-2). Photosensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 一般式(1-2)中、
 Yは、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
 Rは、上記酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を表す。Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRは同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。
 Rは、電子供与性基を表す。Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRは同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。但し、上記電子供与性基は、上記酸性基には相当しない。
 Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 mは、1~4の整数を表す。
 nは、1~4の整数を表す。但し、1≦m+n≦5を満たす。
In general formula (1-2),
Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
R 2 represents an acidic group having the above acidic proton. When a plurality of R 2s exist, the plurality of R 2s may be the same or different.
R 3 represents an electron donating group. When a plurality of R 3s exist, the plurality of R 3s may be the same or different. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
L 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
m represents an integer from 1 to 4.
n represents an integer from 1 to 4. However, 1≦m+n≦5 is satisfied.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 一般式(2-2)中、
 Xは、ハロゲン原子を表す。
 Aは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。Rは、Aと連結して環を形成しても良い。
In general formula (2-2),
X represents a halogen atom.
A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be connected to A 1 to form a ring.
[4]
 上記電子供与性基が、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、及び、モノアルキルアミノ基から選ばれる少なくとも1つの基である、[1]~[3]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[4]
According to any one of [1] to [3], the electron-donating group is at least one group selected from an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a dialkylamino group, and a monoalkylamino group. Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
[5]
 上記オニウム塩化合物の含有量が、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~20質量%である、[1]~[4]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[5]
Any one of [1] to [4], wherein the content of the onium salt compound is 0.1 to 20% by mass based on the total solid content of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in 2.
[6]
 酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位を有する重合体であって、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位を含み、
 上記酸性基が、フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシル基、-SONHR(Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基を表す)、アミド基、カルボニルイミド基、スルホニルイミド基、芳香環の環員原子に置換したチオール基、及び、又は-C(=O)NHSO(Rは、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す)からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの基を表す、重合体。
[6]
A polymer having a repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton, comprising a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2),
The above acidic group is a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, -SO 2 NHR N (R N is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group) , represents a cyano group), an amide group, a carbonylimide group, a sulfonylimide group, a thiol group substituted on a ring member atom of an aromatic ring, and/or -C(=O)NHSO 2 R P (R P is an alkyl group or an aryl group).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 一般式(1)中、
 Yは、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
 Aは、電子供与性基を有する芳香環基を表す。但し、上記電子供与性基は、上記酸性基には相当しない。
In general formula (1),
Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
A 2 represents an aromatic ring group having an electron donating group. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 一般式(2)中、
Xは、ハロゲン原子を表す。
は、-O-又は-NR-を表す。Rは水素原子又は有機基を表す。
は、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
は、水素原子又は有機基を表す。Rは、A又はRと連結して環を形成しても良い。
In general formula (2),
X represents a halogen atom.
L 1 represents -O- or -NR 1 -. R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be linked with A 1 or R 1 to form a ring.
[7]
 上記重合体が、下記一般式(1-2)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、下記一般式(2-2)で表される繰り返し単位を含む、[6]に記載の重合体。
[7]
The polymer according to [6], wherein the polymer includes a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1-2) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 一般式(1-2)中、
 Yは、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
 Rは、上記酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を表す。Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRは同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。
 Rは、電子供与性基を表す。Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRは同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。但し、上記電子供与性基は、上記酸性基には相当しない。
 Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 mは、1~4の整数を表す。
 nは、1~4の整数を表す。但し、1≦m+n≦5を満たす。
In general formula (1-2),
Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
R 2 represents an acidic group having the above acidic proton. When a plurality of R 2s exist, the plurality of R 2s may be the same or different.
R 3 represents an electron donating group. When a plurality of R 3s exist, the plurality of R 3s may be the same or different. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
L 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
m represents an integer from 1 to 4.
n represents an integer from 1 to 4. However, 1≦m+n≦5 is satisfied.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 一般式(2-2)中、
 Xは、ハロゲン原子を表す。
 Aは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。Rは、Aと連結して環を形成しても良い。
In general formula (2-2),
X represents a halogen atom.
A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be connected to A 1 to form a ring.
[8]
 (A)オニウム塩化合物と、
 (B1)フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシル基、-SONHR(Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基を表す)、アミド基、カルボニルイミド基、スルホニルイミド基、芳香環の環員原子に置換したチオール基、及び、又は-C(=O)NHSO(Rは、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す)からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの基を含む繰り返し単位を有する重合体と、を含み、
 上記重合体が、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位と、下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位、を有する、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[8]
(A) an onium salt compound;
(B1) Phenolic hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, -SO 2 NHR N (R N is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a cyano group), an amide group, a carbonylimide group, a sulfonylimide group, a thiol group substituted on a ring member atom of an aromatic ring, and/or -C(=O)NHSO 2 R P (R P is an alkyl group or an aryl group) a polymer having a repeating unit comprising at least one group selected from the group consisting of
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein the polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 一般式(1)中、
 Yは、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
 Aは、電子供与性基を有する芳香環基を表す。但し、上記電子供与性基は、上記少なくとも1つの基には相当しない。
In general formula (1),
Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
A 2 represents an aromatic ring group having an electron donating group. However, the electron-donating group does not correspond to the at least one group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 一般式(2)中、
 Xは、ハロゲン原子を表す。
 Lは、-O-又は-NR-を表す。Rは水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 Aは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。Rは、A又はRと連結して環を形成しても良い。
In general formula (2),
X represents a halogen atom.
L 1 represents -O- or -NR 1 -. R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be linked with A 1 or R 1 to form a ring.
[9]
 [1]~[5]、及び[8]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された、レジスト膜。
[10]
 [1]~[5]、及び[8]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程と、
 上記レジスト膜を露光する工程と、
 上記露光されたレジスト膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程と、を有する、パターン形成方法。
[11]
 [10]に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
[9]
A resist film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [5] and [8].
[10]
forming a resist film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [5] and [8];
a step of exposing the resist film;
A pattern forming method comprising the step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer.
[11]
A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to [10].
 本発明によれば、超微細(例えば、線幅15nm以下のラインアンドスペースパターンや孔径15nm以下のホールパターン等)のパターン形成において、感度に優れ、且つ、LWR性能に優れるパターンを形成可能な感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供できる。
 また、本発明によれば、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法を提供できる。
 また、本発明に拠れば、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂に有用な重合体を提供することができる。
According to the present invention, in forming ultra-fine patterns (for example, line and space patterns with line widths of 15 nm or less, hole patterns with hole diameters of 15 nm or less, etc.), it is possible to form patterns with excellent sensitivity and LWR performance. Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions can be provided.
Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
Moreover, according to the present invention, a polymer useful for the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin can be provided.
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
 以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされる場合があるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されない。
 本明細書中における基(原子団)の表記について、本発明の趣旨に反しない限り、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基と共に置換基を有する基をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。また、本明細書中における「有機基」とは、少なくとも1個の炭素原子を含む基をいう。
 置換基は、特に断らない限り、1価の置換基が好ましい。
 本明細書中における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極端紫外線(EUV:Extreme Ultraviolet)、X線、及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)等を意味する。本明細書中における「光」とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
 本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極端紫外線、X線、及びEUV光等による露光のみならず、電子線、及びイオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も含む。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書において表記される2価の基の結合方向は、特に断らない限り制限されない。例えば、「X-Y-Z」なる式で表される化合物中の、Yが-COO-である場合、Yは、-CO-O-であってもよく、-O-CO-であってもよい。また、上記化合物は「X-CO-O-Z」であってもよく「X-O-CO-Z」であってもよい。
The present invention will be explained in detail below.
Although the description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
Regarding the notation of groups (atomic groups) in this specification, unless it goes against the spirit of the present invention, the notation that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes groups having a substituent as well as groups having no substituent. do. For example, the term "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). Furthermore, the term "organic group" as used herein refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.
Unless otherwise specified, the substituent is preferably a monovalent substituent.
In this specification, "active rays" or "radiation" include, for example, the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet (EUV), X-rays, and electron beams (EB: Electron Beam), etc. "Light" in this specification means actinic rays or radiation.
In this specification, "exposure" refers not only to exposure to the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and EUV light, but also to electron beams and It also includes drawing using particle beams such as ion beams.
In the present specification, "~" is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
The direction of bonding of the divalent groups described herein is not limited unless otherwise specified. For example, when Y in the compound represented by the formula "X-Y-Z" is -COO-, Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO- Good too. Further, the above compound may be "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z".
 本明細書において、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(分子量分布ともいう)(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)装置(東ソー製HLC-8120GPC)によるGPC測定(溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン、流量(サンプル注入量):10μL、カラム:東ソー社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:示差屈折率検出器(Refractive Index Detector))によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。 In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of the resin are measured using a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh). ) GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 μL, column: Tosoh TSK gel Multipore HXL-M, column temperature: 40°C, flow rate: 1.0 mL/min, detector: differential refractive index Defined as a polystyrene equivalent value determined by a Refractive Index Detector.
 本明細書において酸解離定数(pKa)とは、水溶液中でのpKaを表し、具体的には、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求められる値である。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示す。 In this specification, acid dissociation constant (pKa) refers to pKa in an aqueous solution, and specifically, using the following software package 1, a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values is calculated. , is a value obtained by calculation. All pKa values described herein are values calculated using this software package.
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。 Software package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs).
 一方で、pKaは、分子軌道計算法によっても求められる。この具体的な方法としては、熱力学サイクルに基づいて、水溶液中におけるH解離自由エネルギーを計算することで算出する手法が挙げられる。H解離自由エネルギーの計算方法については、例えばDFT(密度汎関数法)により計算することができるが、他にも様々な手法が文献等で報告されており、これに制限されるものではない。なお、DFTを実施できるソフトウェアは複数存在するが、例えば、Gaussian16が挙げられる。 On the other hand, pKa can also be determined by molecular orbital calculation method. A specific method for this includes a method of calculating H 2 + dissociation free energy in an aqueous solution based on a thermodynamic cycle. The H + dissociation free energy can be calculated, for example, by DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in the literature, and the method is not limited to this. . Note that there is a plurality of software that can perform DFT, and one example is Gaussian 16.
 本明細書中のpKaとは、上述した通り、ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を計算により求められる値を指すが、この手法によりpKaが算出できない場合には、DFT(密度汎関数法)に基づいてGaussian16により得られる値を採用するものとする。
 また、本明細書中のpKaは、上述した通り「水溶液中でのpKa」を指すが、水溶液中でのpKaが算出できない場合には、「ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)溶液中でのpKa」を採用するものとする。
As mentioned above, pKa in this specification refers to a value obtained by calculating a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values using software package 1. If calculation is not possible, a value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT (density functional theory) is adopted.
In addition, pKa in this specification refers to "pKa in an aqueous solution" as described above, but if pKa in an aqueous solution cannot be calculated, "pKa in a dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution" is adopted. It shall be.
 本明細書において、ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 In this specification, examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
 本明細書において、固形分とは、レジスト膜を形成する成分を意図し、溶剤は含まれない。また、レジスト膜を形成する成分であれば、その性状が液体状であっても、固形分とみなす。 In this specification, the solid content is intended to be a component that forms a resist film, and does not include a solvent. Furthermore, if the component forms a resist film, it is considered to be a solid component even if the component is liquid.
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物]
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下「レジスト組成物」ともいう。
)は、
 (A)オニウム塩化合物と、
 (B)酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位を有し、活性光線又は放射線の照射により主鎖が分解する重合体と、を含み、
 上記重合体が、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する。
[Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter also referred to as "resist composition") of the present invention.
)teeth,
(A) an onium salt compound;
(B) a polymer having a repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton and whose main chain decomposes upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation;
The above polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 一般式(1)中、
 Yは、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
 Aは、電子供与性基を有する芳香環基を表す。但し、上記電子供与性基は、上記酸性基には相当しない。
In general formula (1),
Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
A 2 represents an aromatic ring group having an electron donating group. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
 本発明のレジスト組成物は、上記構成により、超微細のパターン形成において、感度に優れ、LWR性能に優れたパターンを形成できる。この理由は、詳細には明らかではないが、本発明者らは以下のように推測している。
 本発明のレジスト組成物に含まれる重合体(B)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により主鎖が分解する重合体であり、且つ、上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する。主鎖に結合する芳香環基が電子供与性基を有しているため、芳香環における電子密度が高くなり、主鎖分解過程における中間体を安定化する効果が働き、重合体(B)の主鎖分解が促進されるものと考えられる。その結果、本発明のレジスト組成物は感度が高くなり、本発明のレジスト組成物を用いて形成されたレジスト膜において未露光部と露光部にて溶解コントラストが高くなるため、優れたLWR性能が得られると考えられる。
 さらに、本発明のレジスト組成物に含まれる重合体(B)は、酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位を有する。この酸性プロトンを有する酸性基は、レジスト組成物中のオニウム塩化合物(A)と相互作用し得る基であるため、本発明のレジスト組成物を用いて形成されたレジスト膜の未露光部においては、オニウム塩化合物(A)と重合体(B)とが相互作用し、現像液に溶けにくくなっている。一方で、露光されると、重合体(B)の主鎖が分解して、オニウム塩化合物(A)と重合体(B)との相互作用が解除されるため、現像液に溶けやすくなる。つまり、上記作用によりレジスト膜において未露光部と露光部にて溶解コントラストがより高くなるため、より優れた感度及びLWR性能が得られると考えられる。
 以下において、レジスト組成物の感度がより優れること、及び/又は、レジスト組成物から形成されるパターンのLWR性能がより優れることを、「本発明の効果がより優れる」ともいう。
Due to the above structure, the resist composition of the present invention can form a pattern with excellent sensitivity and excellent LWR performance in ultrafine pattern formation. Although the reason for this is not clear in detail, the present inventors speculate as follows.
The polymer (B) contained in the resist composition of the present invention is a polymer whose main chain is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and has a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1). Since the aromatic ring group bonded to the main chain has an electron-donating group, the electron density in the aromatic ring becomes high, which has the effect of stabilizing intermediates in the main chain decomposition process, resulting in polymer (B) It is thought that main chain decomposition is promoted. As a result, the resist composition of the present invention has high sensitivity, and the resist film formed using the resist composition of the present invention has a high dissolution contrast between the unexposed area and the exposed area, resulting in excellent LWR performance. It is thought that it can be obtained.
Furthermore, the polymer (B) contained in the resist composition of the present invention has a repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton. Since this acidic group having an acidic proton is a group that can interact with the onium salt compound (A) in the resist composition, in the unexposed part of the resist film formed using the resist composition of the present invention, , the onium salt compound (A) and the polymer (B) interact, making it difficult to dissolve in the developer. On the other hand, when exposed to light, the main chain of the polymer (B) decomposes and the interaction between the onium salt compound (A) and the polymer (B) is canceled, making it easier to dissolve in the developer. In other words, it is thought that the dissolution contrast between the unexposed area and the exposed area of the resist film becomes higher due to the above-mentioned effect, so that better sensitivity and LWR performance can be obtained.
In the following, the fact that the sensitivity of the resist composition is better and/or the LWR performance of a pattern formed from the resist composition is better is also referred to as "the effect of the present invention is better."
 以下、まず、レジスト組成物に含まれる各種成分について説明する。 Hereinafter, first, various components contained in the resist composition will be explained.
〔オニウム塩化合物(A)〕
 本発明のレジスト組成物は、オニウム塩化合物(A)を含む。
 オニウム塩化合物(A)としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって酸を発生するオニウム塩構造の化合物(光分解型オニウム塩化合物)であるのがより好ましい。
 レジスト組成物が光分解型オニウム塩化合物等のオニウム塩化合物(A)を含む場合、未露光部分においては、重合体(B)は、重合体(B)中に含まれ得る酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を介してオニウム塩化合物(A)と凝集し易い。一方で、露光を受けると、オニウム塩化合物(A)と酸性プロトンを有する酸性基との解離や光分解型オニウム塩化合物の開裂が生じることにより、上記凝集構造が解除され得る。つまり、上記作用によりレジスト膜において未露光部と露光部にて溶解コントラストが高くなるため、本発明の効果が得られる。
[Onium salt compound (A)]
The resist composition of the present invention contains an onium salt compound (A).
The onium salt compound (A) is more preferably a compound with an onium salt structure (photodegradable onium salt compound) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
When the resist composition contains an onium salt compound (A) such as a photodegradable onium salt compound, in the unexposed area, the polymer (B) is an acidic compound having an acidic proton that may be contained in the polymer (B). It tends to aggregate with the onium salt compound (A) through the group. On the other hand, when exposed to light, the above-mentioned agglomerated structure may be released due to dissociation between the onium salt compound (A) and an acidic group having an acidic proton and cleavage of the photodegradable onium salt compound. In other words, the effect of the present invention can be obtained because the above action increases the dissolution contrast between the unexposed area and the exposed area of the resist film.
 以下、光分解型オニウム塩化合物について説明する。
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物とは、アニオン部位とカチオン部位とから構成される塩構造部位を少なくとも1つ有し、且つ露光により分解して酸(好ましくは有機酸)を発生する化合物であるのが好ましい。
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物の上記塩構造部位は、露光によって分解し易く、且つ有機酸の生成性により優れる点で、なかでも、有機カチオン部位と求核性が著しく低い有機アニオン部位とから構成されているのが好ましい。
 上記塩構造部位は、光分解型オニウム塩化合物における一部分であってもよいし、全体であってもよい。なお、上記塩構造部位が光分解型オニウム塩化合物における一部分である場合とは、例えば、後述する光分解型オニウム塩PG2の如く、2つ以上の塩構造部位が連結している構造等が該当する。
 光分解型オニウム塩における塩構造部位の個数としては特に制限されないが、1~10が好ましく、1~6が好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。
The photodegradable onium salt compound will be explained below.
A photodegradable onium salt compound is a compound that has at least one salt structure site consisting of an anion site and a cation site, and that decomposes upon exposure to light to generate an acid (preferably an organic acid). preferable.
The above-mentioned salt structure moiety of the photodegradable onium salt compound is easily decomposed by exposure to light and is superior in organic acid production, and is composed of an organic cation moiety and an organic anion moiety with extremely low nucleophilicity. It is preferable that
The above-mentioned salt structure site may be a part of the photodegradable onium salt compound, or may be the entirety. In addition, the case where the above-mentioned salt structure part is a part of a photodegradable onium salt compound corresponds to a structure in which two or more salt structure parts are connected, for example, as in the photodegradable onium salt PG2 described below. do.
The number of salt structural moieties in the photodegradable onium salt is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 1 to 10, preferably from 1 to 6, and more preferably from 1 to 3.
 上述の露光の作用により光分解型オニウム塩化合物から発生する有機酸としては、例えば、スルホン酸(脂肪族スルホン酸、芳香族スルホン酸、及び、カンファースルホン酸等)、カルボン酸(脂肪族カルボン酸、芳香族カルボン酸、及び、アラルキルカルボン酸等)、カルボニルスルホニルイミド酸、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド酸、及び、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチド酸等が挙げられる。
 また、露光の作用により光分解型オニウム塩化合物から発生する有機酸は、酸基を2つ以上有する多価酸であってもよい。例えば、光分解型オニウム塩化合物が後述する光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2である場合、光分解型オニウム塩化合物の露光による分解により生じる有機酸は、酸基を2つ以上有する多価酸となる。
Examples of organic acids generated from photodegradable onium salt compounds due to the action of exposure mentioned above include sulfonic acids (aliphatic sulfonic acids, aromatic sulfonic acids, camphor sulfonic acids, etc.), carboxylic acids (aliphatic carboxylic acids, etc.) , aromatic carboxylic acid, aralkylcarboxylic acid, etc.), carbonylsulfonylimidic acid, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imidic acid, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide acid.
Further, the organic acid generated from the photodegradable onium salt compound by the action of exposure may be a polyhydric acid having two or more acid groups. For example, when the photodegradable onium salt compound is the photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 described below, the organic acid generated by decomposition of the photodegradable onium salt compound due to exposure to light becomes a polyhydric acid having two or more acid groups. .
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物において、塩構造部位を構成するカチオン部位としては、有機カチオン部位であるのが好ましく、なかでも、後述する、式(ZaI)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI))又は式(ZaII)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaII))が好ましい。 In the photodegradable onium salt compound, the cation moiety constituting the salt structure moiety is preferably an organic cation moiety, and in particular, an organic cation (cation (ZaI)) represented by the formula (ZaI) described below. Alternatively, an organic cation (cation (ZaII)) represented by formula (ZaII) is preferable.
(光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG1)
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物の好適態様の一例としては、「M X」で表されるオニウム塩化合物であって、露光により有機酸を発生する化合物(以下「光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG1」ともいう)が挙げられる。
 「M X」で表される化合物において、Mは、有機カチオンを表し、Xは、有機アニオンを表す。
 以下、光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG1について説明する。
(Photodegradable onium salt compound PG1)
An example of a preferred embodiment of the photodegradable onium salt compound is an onium salt compound represented by "M + ).
In the compound represented by "M + X - ", M + represents an organic cation and X - represents an organic anion.
The photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 will be explained below.
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG1中のMで表される有機カチオンとしては、式(ZaI)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI))又は式(ZaII)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaII))が好ましい。 The organic cation represented by M + in the photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 is an organic cation represented by the formula (ZaI) (cation (ZaI)) or an organic cation (cation (ZaI)) represented by the formula (ZaII). ZaII)) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 上記式(ZaI)において、
 R201、R202、及びR203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。
 R201、R202、及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、通常1~30であり、1~20が好ましい。また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、例えば、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基及びペンチレン基)、及び-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-が挙げられる。
In the above formula (ZaI),
R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
The organic groups as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 usually have 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Furthermore, two of R 201 to R 203 may be combined to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (for example, a butylene group and a pentylene group), and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -. Can be mentioned.
 式(ZaI)における有機カチオンの好適な態様としては、後述する、カチオン(ZaI-1)、カチオン(ZaI-2)、式(ZaI-3b)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI-3b))、及び式(ZaI-4b)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI-4b))が挙げられる。 Preferred embodiments of the organic cation in formula (ZaI) include cation (ZaI-1), cation (ZaI-2), and organic cation (cation (ZaI-3b)) represented by formula (ZaI-3b), which will be described later. ), and an organic cation (cation (ZaI-4b)) represented by the formula (ZaI-4b).
 まず、カチオン(ZaI-1)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-1)は、上記式(ZaI)のR201~R203の少なくとも1つがアリール基である、アリールスルホニウムカチオンである。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンは、R201~R203の全てがアリール基でもよいし、R201~R203の一部がアリール基であり、残りがアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であってもよい。
 また、R201~R203のうちの1つがアリール基であり、R201~R203のうちの残りの2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203のうちの2つが結合して形成する基としては、例えば、1つ以上のメチレン基が酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、及び/又はカルボニル基で置換されていてもよいアルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基、又は-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-)が挙げられる。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンとしては、例えば、トリアリールスルホニウムカチオン、ジアリールアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、アリールジアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、ジアリールシクロアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、及びアリールジシクロアルキルスルホニウムカチオンが挙げられる。
First, the cation (ZaI-1) will be explained.
The cation (ZaI-1) is an arylsulfonium cation in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in the above formula (ZaI) is an aryl group.
In the arylsulfonium cation, all of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or some of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remainder may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
Further, one of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remaining two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, It may contain an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group. The group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 includes, for example, one or more methylene groups substituted with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, and/or a carbonyl group. and alkylene groups (eg, butylene group, pentylene group, or -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -).
Examples of the arylsulfonium cation include triarylsulfonium cation, diarylalkylsulfonium cation, aryldialkylsulfonium cation, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium cation, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium cation.
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンに含まれるアリール基としては、フェニル基又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有するヘテロ環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。ヘテロ環構造としては、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、及びベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。アリールスルホニウムカチオンが2つ以上のアリール基を有する場合に、2つ以上あるアリール基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンが必要に応じて有しているアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~15の分岐鎖状アルキル基、又は炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等がより好ましい。
The aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium cation is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue. When the arylsulfonium cation has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group that the arylsulfonium cation has as necessary is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms. A cycloalkyl group is preferred, and for example, a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, and cyclohexyl group are more preferred.
 R201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、各々独立に、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~14)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキルアルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素、ヨウ素)、水酸基、カルボキシル基、エステル基、スルフィニル基、スルホニル基、アルキルチオ基、及びフェニルチオ基等が好ましい。
 上記置換基は可能な場合さらに置換基を有していてもよく、例えば、上記アルキル基が置換基としてハロゲン原子を有して、トリフルオロメチル基などのハロゲン化アルキル基となっていることも好ましい。
The substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 may each independently include an alkyl group (for example, carbon number 1 to 15), a cycloalkyl group (for example, carbon number 3-15), aryl group (e.g. 6-14 carbon atoms), alkoxy group (e.g. 1-15 carbon atoms), cycloalkylalkoxy group (e.g. 1-15 carbon atoms), halogen atom (e.g. fluorine, iodine), hydroxyl group , a carboxyl group, an ester group, a sulfinyl group, a sulfonyl group, an alkylthio group, a phenylthio group, and the like.
The above substituent may further have a substituent if possible. For example, the above alkyl group may have a halogen atom as a substituent to become a halogenated alkyl group such as a trifluoromethyl group. preferable.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-2)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-2)は、式(ZaI)におけるR201~R203が、各々独立に、芳香環を有さない有機基を表すカチオンである。ここで芳香環とは、ヘテロ原子を含む芳香族環も包含する。
 R201~R203としての芳香環を有さない有機基は、一般的に炭素数1~30であり、炭素数1~20が好ましい。
 R201~R203は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基が好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルメチル基がより好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基が更に好ましい。
Next, the cation (ZaI-2) will be explained.
The cation (ZaI-2) is a cation in which R 201 to R 203 in the formula (ZaI) each independently represent an organic group having no aromatic ring. Here, the aromatic ring includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
The organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, or an alkoxy A carbonylmethyl group is more preferred, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group is even more preferred.
 R201~R203のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、並びに、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)が挙げられる。
 R201~R203は、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~5)、水酸基、シアノ基、又はニトロ基によって更に置換されていてもよい。
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 include, for example, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group). group, butyl group, and pentyl group), and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group).
R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (eg, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-3b)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-3b)は、下記式(ZaI-3b)で表されるカチオンである。
Next, the cation (ZaI-3b) will be explained.
The cation (ZaI-3b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-3b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式(ZaI-3b)中、
 R1c~R5cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、シクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基、又はアリールチオ基を表す。
 R6c及びR7cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(t-ブチル基等)、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又はアリール基を表す。
 R及びRは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基を表す。
In formula (ZaI-3b),
R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group. , represents a nitro group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group.
R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (such as a t-butyl group), a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an aryl group.
R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R5cとR6c、R6cとR7c、R5cとR、及びRとRは、それぞれ互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、この環は、各々独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エステル結合、又はアミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
 上記環としては、芳香族又は非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族又は非芳香族のヘテロ環、及びこれらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環が挙げられる。環としては、3~10員環が挙げられ、4~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。
Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Often, the rings may each independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
Examples of the above-mentioned ring include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic condensed ring formed by combining two or more of these rings. Examples of the ring include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R6cとR7c、及びRとRが結合して形成する基としては、ブチレン基及びペンチレン基等のアルキレン基が挙げられる。このアルキレン基中のメチレン基が酸素原子等のヘテロ原子で置換されていてもよい。
 R5cとR6c、及びR5cとRが結合して形成する基としては、単結合又はアルキレン基が好ましい。アルキレン基としては、メチレン基及びエチレン基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include alkylene groups such as a butylene group and a pentylene group. The methylene group in this alkylene group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
The group formed by bonding R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
 R1c~R5c、R6c、R7c、R、R、並びに、R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R5cとR6c、R6cとR7c、R5cとR、及び、RとRがそれぞれ互いに結合して形成する環は、置換基を有していてもよい。 R 1c to R 5c , R 6c , R 7c , R x , R y , and any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and the ring formed by bonding R x and R y to each other may have a substituent.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-4b)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-4b)は、下記式(ZaI-4b)で表されるカチオンである。
Next, the cation (ZaI-4b) will be explained.
The cation (ZaI-4b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-4b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式(ZaI-4b)中、
 lは0~2の整数を表す。
 rは0~8の整数を表す。
 R13は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、水酸基、ア
ルキル基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、アルコキシ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基(シクロアルキル基そのものであってもよく、シクロアルキル基を一部に含む基であってもよい)を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
 R14は、水酸基、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、アルキル基、
ハロゲン化アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基(シクロアルキル基そのものであってもよく、シクロアルキル基を一部に含む基であってもよい)を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。R14は、複数存在する場合はそれぞれ独立して、水酸基等の上記基を表す。
 R15は、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はナフチル基を表す。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成するとき、環骨格内に、酸素原子、又は窒素原子等のヘテロ原子を含んでもよい。一態様において、2つのR15がアルキレン基であり、互いに結合して環構造を形成するのが好ましい。なお、上記アルキル基、上記シクロアルキル基、及び上記ナフチル基、並びに、2つのR15が互いに結合して形成する環は置換基を有してもよい。
In formula (ZaI-4b),
l represents an integer from 0 to 2.
r represents an integer from 0 to 8.
R13 is a group having a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group (cycloalkyl It may be a group itself or a group partially containing a cycloalkyl group). These groups may have substituents.
R 14 is a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), an alkyl group,
A halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a group having a cycloalkyl group (it may be a cycloalkyl group itself, or a cycloalkyl group may be a part of a cycloalkyl group) may be a group containing). These groups may have substituents. When a plurality of R 14s exist, each independently represents the above group such as a hydroxyl group.
R 15 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group. Two R 15s may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When two R 15s combine with each other to form a ring, the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. In one embodiment, two R 15s are alkylene groups and are preferably bonded to each other to form a ring structure. The ring formed by bonding the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, naphthyl group, and two R 15s to each other may have a substituent.
 式(ZaI-4b)において、R13、R14、及びR15のアルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状であるのが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましい。アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-ブチル基、又はt-ブチル基等がより好ましい。 In formula (ZaI-4b), the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are preferably linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10. As the alkyl group, a methyl group, ethyl group, n-butyl group, or t-butyl group is more preferable.
 次に、式(ZaII)について説明する。
 式(ZaII)中、R204及びR205は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 R204及びR205のアリール基としてはフェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R204及びR205のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有するヘテロ環を有するアリール基であってもよい。ヘテロ環を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、及びベンゾチオフェン等が挙げられる。
 R204及びR205のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、又はペンチル基)、又は炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、又はノルボルニル基)が好ましい。
Next, formula (ZaII) will be explained.
In formula (ZaII), R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
The aryl group for R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocycle having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocycle include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, or norbornyl group).
 R204及びR205のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい。R204及びR205のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、及びフェニルチオ基等が挙げられる。 The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have include an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), 15), an aryl group (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group.
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG1中のXで表される有機アニオンとしては、非求核性アニオン(求核反応を起こす能力が著しく低いアニオン)であるのが好ましい。
 非求核性アニオンとしては、例えば、スルホン酸アニオン(脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、及び、カンファースルホン酸アニオン等)、カルボン酸アニオン(脂肪族カルボン酸アニオン、芳香族カルボン酸アニオン、及び、アラルキルカルボン酸アニオン等)、スルホニルイミドアニオン、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオン等が挙げられる。
The organic anion represented by X - in the photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 is preferably a non-nucleophilic anion (an anion with extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction).
Examples of non-nucleophilic anions include sulfonic acid anions (aliphatic sulfonic acid anions, aromatic sulfonic acid anions, camphor sulfonic acid anions, etc.), carboxylic acid anions (aliphatic carboxylic acid anions, aromatic carboxylic acid anions) , and aralkylcarboxylic acid anions), sulfonylimide anions, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anions, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anions.
 上記有機アニオンとしては、例えば、下記式(DA)で表される有機アニオンであるのも好ましい。 It is also preferable that the organic anion is, for example, an organic anion represented by the following formula (DA).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式(DA)中、A31 は、アニオン性基を表す。Ra1は、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。La1は、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。 In formula (DA), A 31 - represents an anionic group. R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. L a1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
 A31 はアニオン性基を表す。A31 で表されるアニオン性基としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、式(B-1)~(B-14)で表される基からなる群から選択される基であるのが好ましく、なかでも、式(B-1)、式(B-2)、式(B-3)、式(B-4)、式(B-5)、式(B-6)、式(B-10)、式(B-12)、式(B-13)、又は式(B-14)がより好ましい。 A 31 - represents an anionic group. The anionic group represented by A 31 - is not particularly limited, but is preferably a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by formulas (B-1) to (B-14), for example. , among others, formula (B-1), formula (B-2), formula (B-3), formula (B-4), formula (B-5), formula (B-6), formula (B- 10), formula (B-12), formula (B-13), or formula (B-14) are more preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 *-O  式(B-14) *-O -Formula (B-14)
 式(B-1)~(B-14)中、*は結合位置を表す。
 式(B-1)~(B-5)及び式(B-12)中、RX1は、各々独立に、1価の有機基を表す。
 式(B-7)及び式(B-11)中、RX2は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は、フッ素原子及びパーフルオロアルキル基以外の置換基を表す。式(B-7)における2個のRX2は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 式(B-8)中、RXF1は、水素原子、フッ素原子、又はパーフルオロアルキル基を表す。但し、2個のRXF1のうち、少なくとも1つはフッ素原子又はパーフルオロアルキル基を表す。式(B-8)における2個のRXF1は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 式(B-9)中、RX3は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。n1は、0~4の整数を表す。n1が2~4の整数を表す場合、複数のRX3は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 式(B-10)中、RXF2は、フッ素原子又はパーフルオロアルキル基を表す。
 式(B-14)の*で表される結合位置と結合する相手は、置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン基であるのが好ましい。上記フェニレン基が有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。
In formulas (B-1) to (B-14), * represents the bonding position.
In formulas (B-1) to (B-5) and formula (B-12), R X1 each independently represents a monovalent organic group.
In formulas (B-7) and (B-11), R X2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent other than a fluorine atom and a perfluoroalkyl group. Two R X2 's in formula (B-7) may be the same or different.
In formula (B-8), R XF1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a perfluoroalkyl group. However, at least one of the two R XF1 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group. Two R XF1 's in formula (B-8) may be the same or different.
In formula (B-9), R X3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group. n1 represents an integer from 0 to 4. When n1 represents an integer of 2 to 4, a plurality of R X3 may be the same or different.
In formula (B-10), R XF2 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group.
The partner to which the bonding position represented by * in formula (B-14) is bonded is preferably a phenylene group which may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the phenylene group may have include a halogen atom.
 式(B-1)~(B-5)、及び式(B-12)中、RX1は、各々独立に、1価の有機基を表す。
 RX1としては、アルキル基(直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。炭素数は1~15が好ましい。)、シクロアルキル基(単環でも多環でもよい。炭素数は3~20が好ましい。)、又はアリール基(単環でも多環でもよい。炭素数は6~20が好ましい。)が好ましい。また、RX1で表される上記基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 なお、式(B-5)においてRX1中の、N-と直接結合する原子は、-CO-における炭素原子、及び-SO-における硫黄原子のいずれでもないのも好ましい。
In formulas (B-1) to (B-5) and formula (B-12), R X1 each independently represents a monovalent organic group.
R X1 is an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), or a cycloalkyl group (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms). ), or an aryl group (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 6 to 20). Further, the above group represented by R X1 may have a substituent.
In addition, in formula (B-5), it is also preferable that the atom directly bonded to N- in R X1 is neither the carbon atom in -CO- nor the sulfur atom in -SO 2 -.
 RX1におけるシクロアルキル基は単環でも多環でもよい。
 RX1におけるシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、ノルボルニル基及びアダマンチル基が挙げられる。
The cycloalkyl group in R X1 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group for R X1 include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
 RX1におけるシクロアルキル基が有してもよい置換基は、特に制限されないが、アルキル基(直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。好ましくは炭素数1~5)が好ましい。RX1におけるシクロアルキル基の環員原子である炭素原子のうちの1個以上が、カルボニル炭素原子で置き換わっていてもよい。 The substituent that the cycloalkyl group in R One or more of the carbon atoms that are ring member atoms of the cycloalkyl group in R X1 may be replaced with a carbonyl carbon atom.
 RX1におけるアルキル基の炭素数は1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましい。
 RX1におけるアルキル基が有してもよい置換基は、特に制限されないが、例えば、シクロアルキル基、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基が好ましい。
 上記置換基としてのシクロアルキル基の例としては、RX1がシクロアルキル基である場合において説明したシクロアルキル基が同様に挙げられる。
 RX1におけるアルキル基が、上記置換基としてのフッ素原子を有する場合、上記アルキル基は、パーフルオロアルキル基となっていてもよい。
 また、RX1におけるアルキル基は、1つ以上の-CH-がカルボニル基で置換されていてもよい。
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group in R X1 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5.
The substituent that the alkyl group in R X1 may have is not particularly limited, but is preferably a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group as the above-mentioned substituent include the cycloalkyl group described in the case where R X1 is a cycloalkyl group.
When the alkyl group in R X1 has a fluorine atom as the substituent, the alkyl group may be a perfluoroalkyl group.
Furthermore, in the alkyl group in R X1 , one or more -CH 2 - may be substituted with a carbonyl group.
 RX1におけるアリール基としては、ベンゼン環基が好ましい。
 RX1におけるアリール基が有してもよい置換基は、特に制限されないが、アルキル基、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基が好ましい。上記置換基としてのアルキル基の例としては、RX1がアルキル基である場合において説明したアルキル基が同様に挙げられる。
The aryl group for R X1 is preferably a benzene ring group.
The substituent that the aryl group in R X1 may have is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group. Examples of the alkyl group as the above-mentioned substituent include the alkyl groups explained in the case where R X1 is an alkyl group.
 式(B-7)及び(B-11)中、RX2は、各々独立に、水素原子、又はフッ素原子及びパーフルオロアルキル基以外の置換基(例えば、フッ素原子を含まないアルキル基及びフッ素原子を含まないシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。)を表す。式(B-7)における2個のRX2は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 In formulas (B-7) and (B-11), R ). Two R X2 's in formula (B-7) may be the same or different.
 式(B-8)中、RXF1は、水素原子、フッ素原子、又はパーフルオロアルキル基を表す。但し、複数のRXF1のうち、少なくとも1つはフッ素原子又はパーフルオロアルキル基を表す。式(B-8)における2個のRXF1は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。RXF1で表されるパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数は、1~15が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。 In formula (B-8), R XF1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a perfluoroalkyl group. However, at least one of the plurality of R XF1 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group. Two R XF1 's in formula (B-8) may be the same or different. The number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R XF1 is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 6.
 式(B-9)中、RX3は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。RX3としてのハロゲン原子は、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられ、中でもフッ素原子が好ましい。
 RX3としての1価の有機基は、RX1として記載した1価の有機基と同様である。
 n1は、0~4の整数を表す。
 n1は、0~2の整数が好ましく、0又は1が好ましい。n1が2~4の整数を表す場合、複数のRX3は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
In formula (B-9), R X3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group. Examples of the halogen atom as R X3 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, of which a fluorine atom is preferred.
The monovalent organic group as R X3 is the same as the monovalent organic group described as R X1 .
n1 represents an integer from 0 to 4.
n1 is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and preferably 0 or 1. When n1 represents an integer of 2 to 4, a plurality of R X3 may be the same or different.
 式(B-10)中、RXF2は、フッ素原子又はパーフルオロアルキル基を表す。
 RXF2で表されるパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数は、1~15が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。
In formula (B-10), R XF2 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group.
The number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R XF2 is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 6.
 式(DA)中、Ra1の1価の有機基は、特に制限されないが、一般的に炭素数1~30であり、炭素数1~20が好ましい。
 Ra1は、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基が好ましい。
In formula (DA), the monovalent organic group R a1 is not particularly limited, but generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
R a1 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
 アルキル基としては、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数1~20のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~15のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基としては、単環でも多環でもよく、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 アリール基としては、単環でも多環でもよく、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~15のアリール基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリール基が更に好ましい。
The alkyl group may be linear or branched, and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably has 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. preferable.
The aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
 シクロアルキル基は、環員原子として、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。
 ヘテロ原子としては、特に制限されないが、窒素原子、酸素原子等が挙げられる。
 また、シクロアルキル基は、環員原子として、カルボニル結合(>C=O)を含んでいてもよい。
 上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、及びアリール基は、更に置換基を有してもよい。
 また、A31-とRa1は、互いに結合して、環を形成してもよい。
The cycloalkyl group may contain a heteroatom as a ring member atom.
Heteroatoms include, but are not particularly limited to, nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and the like.
Further, the cycloalkyl group may include a carbonyl bond (>C=O) as a ring member atom.
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group described above may further have a substituent.
Furthermore, A 31- and R a1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 La1としての2価の連結基は、特に制限されないが、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、芳香族基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、及びこれらを2つ以上組み合わせてなる基を表す。
 アルキレン基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数1~20であるのが好ましく、炭素数1~10であるのがより好ましい。
 シクロアルキレン基は、単環でも多環でもよく、炭素数3~20であるのが好ましく、炭素数3~10であるのがより好ましい。
 芳香族基は、2価の芳香族基であり、炭素数6~20の芳香族基が好ましく、6~15の芳香族基がより好ましい。
 芳香族基を構成する芳香環は、特に制限されないが、例えば、炭素数6~20の芳香環が挙げられ、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、及びチオフェン環等が挙げられる。芳香族基を構成する芳香環としては、ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環が好ましく、ベンゼン環がより好ましい。
 アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、及び芳香族基は、更に置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、ハロゲン原子が好ましい。
 La1としては、単結合を表すのが好ましい。
The divalent linking group as L a1 is not particularly limited, but includes alkylene groups, cycloalkylene groups, aromatic groups, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, and groups formed by combining two or more of these. represent.
The alkylene group may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
The aromatic group is a divalent aromatic group, preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
The aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group is not particularly limited, but examples include aromatic rings having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, and thiophene ring. . The aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring.
The alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, and aromatic group may further have a substituent, and the substituent is preferably a halogen atom.
L a1 preferably represents a single bond.
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG1としては、例えば、国際公開2018/193954号の段落[0135]~[0171]、国際公開2020/066824号の段落[0077]~[0116]、国際公開2017/154345号の段落[0018]~[0075]及び[0334]~[0335]に開示された光酸発生剤等を使用するのも好ましい。 Examples of the photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 include paragraphs [0135] to [0171] of International Publication No. 2018/193954, paragraphs [0077] to [0116] of International Publication No. 2020/066824, and International Publication No. 2017/154345. It is also preferable to use the photoacid generators disclosed in paragraphs [0018] to [0075] and [0334] to [0335].
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG1の分子量としては、3000以下が好ましく、2000以下がより好ましく、1000以下が更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1000 or less.
(光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2)
 また、光分解型オニウム塩化合物の好適態様の他の一例として、下記化合物(I)及び化合物(II)(以下、「化合物(I)及び化合物(II)」を「光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2」ともいう。)が挙げられる。光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2は、上述の塩構造部位を2つ以上有し、露光により多価の有機酸を発生する化合物である。
 以下、光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2について説明する。
(Photodegradable onium salt compound PG2)
In addition, as another example of a preferred embodiment of the photodegradable onium salt compound, the following compound (I) and compound (II) (hereinafter, "compound (I) and compound (II)") are referred to as "photodegradable onium salt compound PG2". ). The photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 is a compound that has two or more of the above-described salt structure sites and generates a polyvalent organic acid upon exposure to light.
The photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 will be explained below.
<<化合物(I)>>
 化合物(I)は、1つ以上の下記構造部位X及び1つ以上の下記構造部位Yを有する化合物であって、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、下記構造部位Xに由来する下記第1の酸性部位と下記構造部位Yに由来する下記第2の酸性部位とを含む酸を発生する化合物である。
  構造部位X:アニオン部位A とカチオン部位M とからなり、且つ活性光線又は放射線の照射によってHAで表される第1の酸性部位を形成する構造部位
  構造部位Y:アニオン部位A とカチオン部位M とからなり、且つ活性光線又は放射線の照射によってHAで表される第2の酸性部位を形成する構造部位
 但し、化合物(I)は、下記条件Iを満たす。
<<Compound (I)>>
Compound (I) is a compound having one or more of the following structural moieties X and one or more of the following structural moieties Y, and the following first acidic acid derived from the following structural moiety This is a compound that generates an acid containing the following second acidic site derived from the structural site Y below.
structural site _ _ _ 2 - and a cationic site M 2 + , and forms a second acidic site represented by HA 2 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. However, compound (I) satisfies the following condition I.
 条件I:上記化合物(I)において上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M 及び上記構造部位Y中の上記カチオン部位M をHに置き換えてなる化合物PIが、上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M をHに置き換えてなるHAで表される酸性部位に由来する酸解離定数a1と、上記構造部位Y中の上記カチオン部位M をHに置き換えてなるHAで表される酸性部位に由来する酸解離定数a2を有し、且つ、上記酸解離定数a1よりも上記酸解離定数a2の方が大きい。
 上記化合物PIとは、化合物(I)に活性光線又は放射線を照射した場合に、発生する酸に該当する。
Condition I: A compound PI obtained by replacing the cation moiety M 1 + in the structural moiety X and the cation moiety M 2 + in the structural moiety Y with H + in the compound (I) is The acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acidic site represented by HA 1 is obtained by replacing the cationic site M 1 + with H + , and the acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acidic site represented by HA 1 is obtained by replacing the cationic site M 2 + in the structural site Y with H + It has an acid dissociation constant a2 derived from the acidic site represented by HA 2 , and the acid dissociation constant a2 is larger than the acid dissociation constant a1.
The above-mentioned compound PI corresponds to an acid generated when compound (I) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
 化合物(I)が2つ以上の構造部位Xを有する場合、構造部位Xは、各々同一であっても異なっていてもよい。また、2つ以上の上記A 、及び、2つ以上の上記M は、各々同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 また、化合物(I)中、上記A 及び上記A 、並びに、上記M 及び上記M は、各々同一であっても異なっていてもよいが、上記A 及び上記A は、各々異なっているのが好ましい。
When compound (I) has two or more structural sites X, the structural sites X may be the same or different. Furthermore, the two or more A 1 and the two or more M 1 + may be the same or different.
Further, in compound (I), the above A 1 - and the above A 2 - , and the above M 1 + and the above M 2 + may be the same or different, but the above A 1 - and the above Preferably, each A 2 - is different.
 アニオン部位A 及びアニオン部位A は、負電荷を帯びた原子又は原子団を含む構造部位であり、例えば、以下に示す式(AA-1)~(AA-3)及び式(BB-1)~(BB-6)からなる群から選ばれる構造部位が挙げられる。なお、以下の式(AA-1)~(AA-3)及び式(BB-1)~(BB-6)中、*は、結合位置を表す。また、Rは、1価の有機基を表す。Rで表される1価の有機基としては、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、及びメタンスルホニル基等が挙げられる。 The anionic moiety A 1 - and the anionic moiety A 2 - are structural moieties containing negatively charged atoms or atomic groups, for example, the formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3) and the formula (BB Examples include structural sites selected from the group consisting of -1) to (BB-6). Note that in the following formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3) and formulas (BB-1) to (BB-6), * represents the bonding position. Moreover, R A represents a monovalent organic group. Examples of the monovalent organic group represented by R A include a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a methanesulfonyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 また、カチオン部位M 及びカチオン部位M は、正電荷を帯びた原子又は原子団を含む構造部位であり、例えば、電荷が1価の有機カチオンが挙げられる。なお、有機カチオンとしては特に制限されないが、上述した式(ZaI)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI))又は式(ZaII)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaII))が好ましい。 Further, the cationic site M 1 + and the cationic site M 2 + are structural sites containing positively charged atoms or atomic groups, such as monovalent organic cations. The organic cation is not particularly limited, but is preferably an organic cation (cation (ZaI)) represented by the above-mentioned formula (ZaI) or an organic cation (cation (ZaII)) represented by the formula (ZaII).
<<化合物(II)>>
 化合物(II)は、2つ以上の上記構造部位X及び1つ以上の下記構造部位Zを有する化合物であって、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、上記構造部位Xに由来する上記第1の酸性部位を2つ以上と上記構造部位Zとを含む酸を発生する化合物である。
 構造部位Z:酸を中和可能な非イオン性の部位
<<Compound (II)>>
Compound (II) is a compound having two or more of the above structural moieties It is a compound that generates an acid containing two or more sites and the above structural site Z.
Structural site Z: nonionic site capable of neutralizing acids
 上記化合物(II)は、活性光線又は放射線を照射によって、上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M をHに置き換えてなるHAで表される酸性部位を有する化合物PII(酸)を発生し得る。つまり、化合物PIIは、上記HAで表される酸性部位と、酸を中和可能な非イオン性の部位である構造部位Zと、を有する化合物を表す。
 なお、化合物(II)中、構造部位Xの定義、並びに、A 及びM の定義は、上述した化合物(I)中の構造部位Xの定義、並びに、A 及びM の定義と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
 また、上記2つ以上の構造部位Xは、各々同一であっても異なっていてもよい。また、2つ以上の上記A 、及び、2つ以上の上記M は、各々同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
The above compound (II) is a compound PII (acid) having an acidic site represented by HA 1 obtained by replacing the above cation site M 1 + in the above structural site X with H + by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. It can occur. That is, compound PII represents a compound having the acidic site represented by HA 1 above and the structural site Z, which is a nonionic site capable of neutralizing acid.
In addition, the definition of the structural moiety X and the definitions of A 1 - and M 1 + in compound (II) are the same as the definition of the structural moiety X and A 1 - and M 1 + in compound (I) described above. It has the same meaning as the definition, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
Furthermore, the two or more structural sites X may be the same or different. Furthermore, the two or more A 1 and the two or more M 1 + may be the same or different.
 構造部位Z中の酸を中和可能な非イオン性の部位としては特に制限されず、例えば、プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基又は電子を有する官能基を含む部位であるのが好ましい。
 プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基又は電子を有する官能基としては、環状ポリエーテル等のマクロサイクリック構造を有する官能基、又はπ共役に寄与しない非共有電子対をもった窒素原子を有する官能基等が挙げられる。π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対を有する窒素原子とは、例えば、下記式に示す部分構造を有する窒素原子である。
The nonionic site that can neutralize the acid in the structural site Z is not particularly limited, and is preferably a site that contains a group that can electrostatically interact with protons or a functional group that has electrons. .
As a group capable of electrostatic interaction with protons or a functional group having electrons, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether, or a nitrogen atom having a lone pair of electrons that does not contribute to π conjugation is used. Examples include functional groups having such a functional group. A nitrogen atom having a lone pair of electrons that does not contribute to π conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure shown in the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基又は電子を有する官能基の部分構造としては、例えば、クラウンエーテル構造、アザクラウンエーテル構造、1~3級アミン構造、ピリジン構造、イミダゾール構造、及びピラジン構造等が挙げられ、なかでも、1~3級アミン構造が好ましい。 Examples of partial structures of functional groups having groups or electrons that can electrostatically interact with protons include crown ether structures, aza crown ether structures, primary to tertiary amine structures, pyridine structures, imidazole structures, and pyrazine structures. Among them, primary to tertiary amine structures are preferred.
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2の分子量は100~10000が好ましく、100~2500がより好ましく、100~1500が更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 is preferably 100 to 10,000, more preferably 100 to 2,500, even more preferably 100 to 1,500.
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2としては、国際公開第2020/158313号段落[0023]~[0095]に例示された化合物を引用できる。 As the photodegradable onium salt compound PG2, compounds exemplified in paragraphs [0023] to [0095] of International Publication No. 2020/158313 can be cited.
 以下、光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2が有し得る、カチオン以外の部位の一例を示す。 Hereinafter, examples of moieties other than cations that the photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 may have will be shown.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 本発明のレジスト組成物において、オニウム塩化合物(A)の含有量は、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~20質量%であることが好ましい。0.1質量%以上であれば、重合体(B)中の酸性プロトンを有する酸性基との相互作用の有無によって生じる未露光部と露光部における溶解コントラストが高まり、本発明の効果が得られやすい。含有量の下限値としては、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1.0質量%以上がさらに好ましく、2.0質量%以上が特に好ましい。また、上記含有量が20質量%以下であれば、未露光部が適切な溶解性となり、感度により優れ、やはり本発明の効果が得られやすい。含有量の上限値としては、10.0質量%以下がより好ましく、5.0質量%以下がさらに好ましい。
 オニウム塩化合物(A)は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
In the resist composition of the present invention, the content of the onium salt compound (A) is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass based on the total solid content of the resist composition. If it is 0.1% by mass or more, the dissolution contrast between the unexposed area and the exposed area, which is caused by the presence or absence of interaction with the acidic group having an acidic proton in the polymer (B), increases, and the effects of the present invention can be obtained. Cheap. The lower limit of the content is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, further preferably 1.0% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 2.0% by mass or more. Moreover, if the content is 20% by mass or less, the unexposed area will have appropriate solubility, the sensitivity will be better, and the effects of the present invention will be more likely to be obtained. The upper limit of the content is more preferably 10.0% by mass or less, and even more preferably 5.0% by mass or less.
The onium salt compound (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
〔重合体(B)〕
 本発明のレジスト組成物は、酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位を有し、活性光線又は放射線の照射により主鎖が分解する重合体(以下、重合体(B)ともいう)を含む。重合体(B)は、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する。
[Polymer (B)]
The resist composition of the present invention includes a polymer (hereinafter also referred to as polymer (B)) that has a repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton and whose main chain is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. The polymer (B) has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
 重合体(B)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により主鎖が分解する(主鎖が切断される)、いわゆる主鎖切断型ポリマーである。重合体(B)は、X線、電子線又は極端紫外線の照射により主鎖が分解する重合体であることが好ましく、電子線又は極端紫外線の照射により主鎖が分解する重合体であることがより好ましい。 The polymer (B) is a so-called main chain-cleaved polymer whose main chain is decomposed (the main chain is cut) by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. The polymer (B) is preferably a polymer whose main chain decomposes when irradiated with X-rays, electron beams or extreme ultraviolet rays, and preferably whose main chain decomposes when irradiated with electron beams or extreme ultraviolet rays. More preferred.
 重合体(B)は、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位と、重合体(B)が主鎖切断型ポリマーとして機能するための繰り返し単位(好ましくは、後述の一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位)とを含む共重合体であることが好ましい。重合体(B)は、ランダム共重合体でも、ブロック共重合体でも、交互共重合体でもよく、より望ましくは交互共重合体である。 The polymer (B) includes a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and a repeating unit for the polymer (B) to function as a main chain cleavage type polymer (preferably, a repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) described below). It is preferable that it is a copolymer containing a repeating unit represented by The polymer (B) may be a random copolymer, a block copolymer, or an alternating copolymer, and more preferably an alternating copolymer.
<酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位>
 重合体(B)は、酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位を有する。酸性プロトンを有する酸性基は、上述のオニウム塩化合物(A)と相互作用する基として作用するものである。
 酸性プロトンを有する酸性基は、フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシル基、-SONHR(Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基を表す)、アミド基、カルボニルイミド基、スルホニルイミド基、芳香環の環員原子に置換したチオール基、及び、-C(=O)NHSO(Rは、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す)からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの基を表す。
 なお、上記フェノール性水酸基とは、芳香環の環員原子に置換した水酸基を意図する。
<Repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton>
The polymer (B) has a repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton. The acidic group having an acidic proton acts as a group that interacts with the above-mentioned onium salt compound (A).
The acidic group having an acidic proton is a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, -SO 2 NHR N (R N is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group, cyano group), amide group, carbonylimide group, sulfonylimide group, thiol group substituted on a ring member atom of an aromatic ring, and -C(=O)NHSO 2 R P (R P is represents at least one group selected from the group consisting of (representing an alkyl group or an aryl group).
Note that the above-mentioned phenolic hydroxyl group refers to a hydroxyl group substituted on a ring member atom of an aromatic ring.
 Rのアルキル基としては、後掲の有機基Wとして例示されるアルキル基であるのが好ましく、炭素数1~6の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基、t-ブチル基がさらに好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。
 Rとしてのアルキルカルボニル基におけるアルキル基としては、後掲の有機基Wとして例示されるアルキル基であるのが好ましく、炭素数1~6の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基、t-ブチル基がさらに好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。
 Rのアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基等が挙げられるが、フェニル基が特に好ましい。
 Rとしてのアリールカルボニル基におけるアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基等が挙げられるが、フェニル基が特に好ましい。
 Rとしてのアルコキシカルボニル基としては、メチルエステル、エチルエステルが挙げられるが、メチルエステルが特に好ましい。
 Rとしてのアルキルスルホニル基におけるアルキル基としては、後掲の有機基Wとして例示されるアルキル基であるのが好ましく、炭素数1~6の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基、t-ブチル基がさらに好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。
 Rとしてのアリールスルホニル基におけるアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基等が挙げられるが、フェニル基が特に好ましい。
The alkyl group for R N is preferably an alkyl group exemplified as the organic group W listed below, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, t -butyl group is more preferred, and methyl group is particularly preferred.
The alkyl group in the alkylcarbonyl group as R N is preferably an alkyl group exemplified as the organic group W below, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. , methyl group, and t-butyl group are more preferred, and methyl group is particularly preferred.
Examples of the aryl group for R N include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, and the like, with a phenyl group being particularly preferred.
Examples of the aryl group in the arylcarbonyl group as R N include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, and a phenyl group is particularly preferred.
Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group as R N include methyl ester and ethyl ester, with methyl ester being particularly preferred.
The alkyl group in the alkylsulfonyl group as R N is preferably an alkyl group exemplified below as an organic group W, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. , methyl group, and t-butyl group are more preferred, and methyl group is particularly preferred.
Examples of the aryl group in the arylsulfonyl group as R N include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, and the like, with a phenyl group being particularly preferred.
 更に、上記スルホニルイミド基は、下記一般式(K1)又は(K2)で表される基であることが好ましい。 Further, the sulfonylimide group is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (K1) or (K2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 一般式(K1)及び(K2)中、*はそれぞれ置換位置を表す。
 一般式(K2)中、Rはアルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。
In general formulas (K1) and (K2), * represents a substitution position, respectively.
In general formula (K2), R K represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
 Rとしてのアルキル基は、後掲の有機基Wとして例示されるアルキル基であるのが好ましく、炭素数1~6の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基、t-ブチル基がさらに好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。
 Rとしてのアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基等が挙げられるが、フェニル基が特に好ましい。
 Rは、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子が好ましく、フッ素原子がより好ましい。
The alkyl group as R K is preferably an alkyl group exemplified below as an organic group W, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, t -Butyl group is more preferred, and methyl group is particularly preferred.
Examples of the aryl group as R K include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, and the like, with a phenyl group being particularly preferred.
R K may further have a substituent. As the substituent, a halogen atom is preferable, and a fluorine atom is more preferable.
 更に、上記カルボニルイミド基は、下記一般式(M1)又は(M2)で表される基であることが好ましい。 Further, the carbonylimide group is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (M1) or (M2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 一般式(M1)及び(M2)中、*はそれぞれ置換位置を表す。
 一般式(M2)中、Rはアルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。
In general formulas (M1) and (M2), * represents a substitution position, respectively.
In general formula (M2), R M represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
 Rとしてのアルキル基は、後掲の有機基Wとして例示されるアルキル基であるのが好ましく、炭素数1~6の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基、t-ブチル基がさらに好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。
 Rとしてのアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基等が挙げられるが、フェニル基が特に好ましい。
 Rは、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子が好ましく、フッ素原子がより好ましい。
The alkyl group as R M is preferably an alkyl group exemplified below as an organic group W, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, t -Butyl group is more preferred, and methyl group is particularly preferred.
Examples of the aryl group as R M include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, and the like, with a phenyl group being particularly preferred.
R M may further have a substituent. As the substituent, a halogen atom is preferable, and a fluorine atom is more preferable.
 チオール基が結合する芳香環としては、特に限定されず、芳香族炭化水素環であっても芳香族複素環であってもよい。また、芳香環は単環であってもよく、多環であってもよい。具体的には、後述の一般式(1)におけるAが有する芳香環基における芳香環として例示する基が挙げられる。
 フェノール性水酸基における水酸基が結合する芳香環も同様である。
The aromatic ring to which the thiol group is bonded is not particularly limited, and may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle. Further, the aromatic ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Specifically, the groups exemplified as the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group of A 2 in the general formula (1) described below can be mentioned.
The same applies to the aromatic ring to which the hydroxyl group in the phenolic hydroxyl group is bonded.
 Rが表すアルキル基としては、後掲の有機基Wとして例示されるアルキル基であるのが好ましく、炭素数1~6の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基又はt-ブチル基がさらに好ましい。
 Rが表すアリール基としては、後掲の有機基Wとして例示されるアリール基であるのが好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリール基がより好ましく、フェニル基がさらに好ましい。
The alkyl group represented by R P is preferably an alkyl group exemplified below as an organic group W, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group or More preferred is t-butyl group.
The aryl group represented by R P is preferably an aryl group exemplified below as an organic group W, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a phenyl group.
 酸性プロトンを有する酸性基は、フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシル基、-SONHR(Rは、水素原子、アルキルカルボニル基、又はアリールカルボニル基を表す)、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、及び芳香環の環員原子に置換したチオール基から選ばれる少なくとも1つの基であることが好ましく、フェノール性水酸基及びカルボキシル基から選ばれる少なくとも1つであることがより好ましい。 Acidic groups having acidic protons include phenolic hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, -SO 2 NHR N (R N represents a hydrogen atom, an alkylcarbonyl group, or an arylcarbonyl group), an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and an aromatic group. It is preferably at least one group selected from thiol groups substituted on ring member atoms of a ring, and more preferably at least one group selected from phenolic hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups.
 酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位は、後述の一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位であってもよく、一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位であってもよく、一般式(1)及び(2)とは異なるその他の繰り返し単位であってもよいが、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位及び一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位の少なくともいずれか一方であることが好ましく、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位であることがより好ましい。具体的な繰り返し単位の構造については後述する。 The repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton may be a repeating unit represented by general formula (1) described below, or may be a repeating unit represented by general formula (2), and may be a repeating unit represented by general formula (2). Other repeating units different from (1) and (2) may be used, but at least one of the repeating units represented by general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by general formula (2) may be used. A repeating unit represented by general formula (1) is more preferable. The specific structure of the repeating unit will be described later.
 重合体(B)において、酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位の含有量としては、全繰り返し単位に対して、10モル%以上であるのが好ましく、20モル%以上であるのがより好ましく、40モル%以上であるのが更に好ましい。また、その上限値としては、全繰り返し単位に対して、例えば、95モル%以下が好ましく、90モル%以下であるのがより好ましく、80モル%以下であるのが更に好ましく、60モル%以下であるのが特に好ましい。
 なお、重合体(B)において、酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位は、1種単独で含まれていてもよく、2種以上含まれていてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
In the polymer (B), the content of repeating units containing acidic groups having acidic protons is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, based on all repeating units. , more preferably 40 mol% or more. In addition, the upper limit thereof is, for example, preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 90 mol% or less, even more preferably 80 mol% or less, and 60 mol% or less, based on all repeating units. It is particularly preferable that
In addition, in the polymer (B), one type of repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton may be contained alone, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types are included, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
<一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位> <Repeating unit represented by general formula (1)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 一般式(1)中、
 Yは、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
 Aは、電子供与性基を有する芳香環基を表す。但し、上記電子供与性基は、上記酸性基には相当しない。
In general formula (1),
Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
A 2 represents an aromatic ring group having an electron donating group. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
 一般式(1)中、Yは、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
 Yで表される炭化水素基としては、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、及び、アリール基等が挙げられる。
 Yで表される直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基としては、後掲の有機基Wとして例示されるアルキル基であるのが好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基が更に好ましい。
 Yで表されるシクロアルキル基としては、後掲の有機基Wとして例示されるシクロアルキル基であるのが好ましく、シクロペンチル基又はシクロヘキシル基がより好ましい。
 Yで表されるアリール基としては、後掲の有機基Wとして例示されるアリール基であるのが好ましく、フェニル基又はナフチル基がより好ましい。
In general formula (1), Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
Examples of the hydrocarbon group represented by Y include linear or branched alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, and aryl groups.
The linear or branched alkyl group represented by Y is preferably an alkyl group exemplified as the organic group W listed below, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group. Or ethyl group is more preferable.
The cycloalkyl group represented by Y is preferably a cycloalkyl group exemplified as the organic group W listed below, and more preferably a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group.
The aryl group represented by Y is preferably an aryl group exemplified as the organic group W listed below, and more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group.
 Yは、メチル基又はエチル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。 Y is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, more preferably a methyl group.
 一般式(1)中、Aは、電子供与性基を有する芳香環基を表す。但し、上記電子供与性基は、上記酸性基には相当しない。
 Aが有する上記芳香環基における芳香環としては、芳香族炭化水素環及び芳香族複素環が挙げられる。芳香環は単環であってもよく、多環であってもよい。
 芳香族炭化水素環としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素環が挙げられる。具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、アセナフチレン環等が挙げられ、ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環が好ましく、ベンゼン環がより好ましい。
 芳香族複素環としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、炭素数3~20の芳香族複素環(環に含まれるヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子等が挙げられる)が挙げられる。具体的には、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピリジン環、イミダゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ベンゾチアゾール環等が挙げられ、チオフェン環、フラン環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ベンゾチアゾール環が好ましく、ベンゾイミダゾール環又はベンゾチアゾール環がより好ましい。
In general formula (1), A 2 represents an aromatic ring group having an electron donating group. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
Examples of the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group that A 2 has include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocycle. The aromatic ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
The aromatic hydrocarbon ring is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Specific examples include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, an acenaphthylene ring, etc., with a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring being preferred, and a benzene ring being more preferred.
The aromatic heterocycle is not particularly limited, but for example, an aromatic heterocycle having 3 to 20 carbon atoms (heteroatoms contained in the ring include, for example, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, etc.) Can be mentioned. Specific examples include a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyridine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, etc., with a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a benzimidazole ring, and a benzothiazole ring being preferred; A thiazole ring is more preferred.
 Aが有する上記芳香環基における芳香環としては、芳香族炭化水素環が好ましく、ベンゼン環がより好ましい。 The aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group that A 2 has is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and more preferably a benzene ring.
 上記芳香環基が有する電子供与性基としては、ハメットの置換基定数σp値が0未満である電子供与性基が好ましく挙げられる。 As the electron-donating group possessed by the above-mentioned aromatic ring group, an electron-donating group having a Hammett substituent constant σp value of less than 0 is preferably mentioned.
 ここで、ハメットの置換基定数σ値は、置換安息香酸の酸解離平衡定数における置換基の効果を数値で表したものであり、置換基の電子吸引性及び電子供与性の強度を示すパラメータである。本明細書におけるハメットの置換基定数σp値(以下、単に「σp値」ともいう。)は、置換基が安息香酸のパラ位に位置する場合の置換基定数σを意味する。
 本明細書における各基のσp値は、文献「Hansch et al.,Chemical Reviews,1991,Vol,91,No.2,165-195」に記載された値を採用する。なお、上記文献にσp値が示されていない基については、ソフトウェア「ACD/ChemSketch(ACD/Labs 8.00 Release Product Version:8.08)」を用いて、安息香酸のpKaと、パラ位に置換基を有する安息香酸誘導体のpKaとの差に基づいて、σp値を算出できる。
Here, Hammett's substituent constant σ value is a numerical expression of the effect of a substituent on the acid dissociation equilibrium constant of substituted benzoic acid, and is a parameter indicating the strength of the electron-withdrawing and electron-donating properties of the substituent. be. The Hammett substituent constant σp value (hereinafter also simply referred to as "σp value") in this specification means the substituent constant σ when the substituent is located at the para position of benzoic acid.
As the σp value of each group in this specification, the value described in the document "Hansch et al., Chemical Reviews, 1991, Vol. 91, No. 2, 165-195" is adopted. For groups for which the σp value is not shown in the above literature, the pKa of benzoic acid and the para position are calculated using the software "ACD/ChemSketch (ACD/Labs 8.00 Release Product Version: 8.08)". The σp value can be calculated based on the difference from the pKa of the benzoic acid derivative having a substituent.
 電子供与性基のσp値は、-0.05以下が好ましく、-0.1以下がより好ましい。電子供与性基が有するσp値の下限は特に制限されないが、-0.9以上が好ましい。 The σp value of the electron-donating group is preferably -0.05 or less, more preferably -0.1 or less. The lower limit of the σp value of the electron-donating group is not particularly limited, but is preferably −0.9 or more.
 ハメットの置換基定数σp値が0未満である電子供与性基としては、例えば、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、モノアルキルアミノ基等が挙げられる。
 電子供与性基としてのアルキル基は、炭素数1~6の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基(σp=-0.17)が好ましい。
 電子供与性基としてのアルコキシ基におけるアルキル基部分としては、上記アルキル基が好ましい。アルコキシ基は、メトキシ基(σp=-0.27)が好ましい。
 電子供与性基としてのアルキルチオ基におけるアルキル基部分としては、上記アルキル基が好ましい。アルキルチオ基は、エチルチオ基(σp=-0.1)が好ましい。
 電子供与性基としてのジアルキルアミノ基におけるアルキル基部分としては、上記アルキル基が好ましい。ジアルキルアミノ基における2つのアルキル基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。ジアルキルアミノ基は、ジメチルアミノ基(σp=-0.83)が好ましい。
Examples of the electron-donating group having a Hammett's substituent constant σp value of less than 0 include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a dialkylamino group, and a monoalkylamino group.
The alkyl group as the electron-donating group is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and preferably a methyl group (σp=-0.17).
As the alkyl group moiety in the alkoxy group as an electron donating group, the above-mentioned alkyl group is preferable. The alkoxy group is preferably a methoxy group (σp=-0.27).
The alkyl group moiety in the alkylthio group as an electron-donating group is preferably the above alkyl group. The alkylthio group is preferably an ethylthio group (σp=-0.1).
As the alkyl group moiety in the dialkylamino group as an electron-donating group, the above-mentioned alkyl groups are preferable. The two alkyl groups in the dialkylamino group may be the same or different. The dialkylamino group is preferably a dimethylamino group (σp=-0.83).
 電子供与性基は、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、及びモノアルキルアミノ基から選ばれる少なくとも1つの基であることが好ましく、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、及びモノアルキルアミノ基から選ばれる少なくとも1つの基であることがより好ましく、ジアルキルアミノ基及びモノアルキルアミノ基から選ばれる少なくとも1つの基であることがさらに好ましい。 The electron-donating group is preferably at least one group selected from an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a dialkylamino group, and a monoalkylamino group; More preferably, it is at least one group selected from amino groups, and even more preferably at least one group selected from dialkylamino groups and monoalkylamino groups.
 上記芳香環基が有する電子供与性基の数としては、特に限定されないが、2~4が好ましく、2又は3がより好ましい。 The number of electron-donating groups that the aromatic ring group has is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 4, more preferably 2 or 3.
 上記芳香環基は、電子供与性基以外の置換基を有していてもよい。なかでも、上述の酸性プロトンを有する酸性基をさらに有することが好ましい。この場合、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位は、上述の酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位に相当する。
 上記芳香環基は、電子供与性基と直接結合していても良く、2価の連結基を介して、電子供与性基と結合していても良い。2価の連結基としては、後述の一般式(1-2)におけるLとしての2価の連結基を挙げることができる。
The aromatic ring group may have a substituent other than the electron-donating group. Among these, it is preferable to further include an acidic group having the above-mentioned acidic proton. In this case, the repeating unit represented by general formula (1) corresponds to the above-mentioned repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton.
The aromatic ring group may be bonded directly to the electron donating group or may be bonded to the electron donating group via a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include a divalent linking group as L 2 in general formula (1-2) described below.
 上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(1-2)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 一般式(1-2)中、
 Yは、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
 Rは、酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を表す。Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRは同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。
 Rは、電子供与性基を表す。Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRは同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。但し、上記電子供与性基は、上記酸性基には相当しない。
 Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 mは、1~4の整数を表す。
 nは、1~4の整数を表す。但し、1≦m+n≦5を満たす。
In general formula (1-2),
Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
R 2 represents an acidic group having an acidic proton. When a plurality of R 2s exist, the plurality of R 2s may be the same or different.
R 3 represents an electron donating group. When a plurality of R 3s exist, the plurality of R 3s may be the same or different. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
L 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
m represents an integer from 1 to 4.
n represents an integer from 1 to 4. However, 1≦m+n≦5 is satisfied.
 一般式(1-2)中のYは、一般式(1)中のYと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。
 一般式(1-2)中のRが表す酸性プロトンを有する酸性基としては、上述の酸性プロトンを有する酸性基が挙げられ、好ましい例も同様である。
 一般式(1-2)中のRが表す電子供与性基としては、上述のハメットの置換基定数σp値が0未満である電子供与性基が挙げられ、好ましい例も同様である。
Y in general formula (1-2) has the same meaning as Y in general formula (1), and preferred examples are also the same.
Examples of the acidic group having an acidic proton represented by R 2 in the general formula (1-2) include the above-mentioned acidic group having an acidic proton, and preferred examples are also the same.
Examples of the electron-donating group represented by R 3 in the general formula (1-2) include the electron-donating group having the above-mentioned Hammett's substituent constant σp value of less than 0, and preferred examples are also the same.
 Lの2価の連結基としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、アルキレン基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-SO-、又はこれらを2つ以上組み合わせてなる基を挙げることができる。
 アルキレン基としては、直鎖状での分岐鎖状であってもよく、炭素数1~6のアルキレン基を挙げることができる。
The divalent linking group for L 2 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, an alkylene group, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -SO 2 -, or a combination of two or more of these. The following groups can be mentioned.
The alkylene group may be linear or branched, and includes alkylene groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 一般式(1-2)中、mは2~4の整数であることが好ましく、2又は3がより好ましい。
 一般式(1-2)中、nは1又は2が好ましい。
In general formula (1-2), m is preferably an integer of 2 to 4, more preferably 2 or 3.
In general formula (1-2), n is preferably 1 or 2.
 以下、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を構成するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明はこれに制限されない。 Hereinafter, specific examples of monomers constituting the repeating unit represented by general formula (1) will be given, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 重合体(B)において、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量としては、全繰り返し単位に対して、10モル%以上であるのが好ましく、20モル%以上であるのがより好ましく、40モル%以上であるのが更に好ましい。また、その上限値としては、全繰り返し単位に対して、例えば、95モル%以下が好ましく、90モル%以下であるのがより好ましく、80モル%以下であるのが更に好ましく、60モル%以下であるのが特に好ましい。
 なお、重合体(B)において、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位は、1種単独で含まれていてもよく、2種以上含まれていてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
In the polymer (B), the content of repeating units represented by general formula (1) is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, based on all repeating units. The content is preferably 40 mol% or more, and more preferably 40 mol% or more. In addition, the upper limit thereof is, for example, preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 90 mol% or less, even more preferably 80 mol% or less, and 60 mol% or less, based on all repeating units. It is particularly preferable that
In addition, in the polymer (B), one type of repeating unit represented by general formula (1) may be contained alone, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types are included, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
<一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位>
 重合体(B)は、重合体(B)が主鎖切断型ポリマーとして機能するための繰り返し単位として、下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
<Repeating unit represented by general formula (2)>
The polymer (B) preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2) as a repeating unit for the polymer (B) to function as a main chain cleavage type polymer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 一般式(2)中、
 Xは、ハロゲン原子を表す。
 Lは、-O-又は-NR-を表す。Rは水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 Aは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。Rは、A又はRと連結して環を形成しても良い。
In general formula (2),
X represents a halogen atom.
L 1 represents -O- or -NR 1 -. R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be linked with A 1 or R 1 to form a ring.
 一般式(2)中、Xはハロゲン原子を表す。
 Xで表されるハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。Xで表されるハロゲン原子としては、なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子が好ましく、塩素原子がより好ましい。
In general formula (2), X represents a halogen atom.
Examples of the halogen atom represented by X include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. The halogen atom represented by X is preferably a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom, and more preferably a chlorine atom, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
 R、R、及びAで表される有機基としては特に制限されず、例えば、下記有機基Wに例示する基が挙げられる。
(有機基W)
 有機基Wは、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルケニル基、アルキニル基、シクロアルキニル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アラルキル基、シアノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アシル基(アルキルカルボニル基又はアリールカルボニル基)、アシルオキシ基(アルキルカルボニルオキシ基又はアリールカルボニルオキシ基)、カルバモイルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヘテロ環チオ基、アルキル又はアリールスルフィニル基、アルキル又はアリールスルホニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリール又はヘテロ環アゾ基、スルホンアミド基、イミド基、アシルアミノ基、カルバモイル基、及びラクトン基等が挙げられる。
 また、上述の各基は、可能な場合、更に置換基を有してもよい。例えば、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基も、有機基Wの一形態として含まれる。上記置換基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、上述の有機基Wとして示した各基のうちの1以上の基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、1~3級のアミノ基、ホスフィノ基、ホスフィニル基、ホスフィニルオキシ基、ホスフィニルアミノ基、ホスホノ基、シリル基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホン酸基、及びリン酸基等が挙げられる(以下、これらを「置換基T」という)。
 また、有機基Wが有する炭素数は、例えば、1~20である。
 また、有機基Wが有する水素原子以外の原子の数は、例えば、1~30である。
The organic groups represented by R 1 , R 0 , and A 1 are not particularly limited, and include, for example, groups exemplified as the organic group W below.
(Organic group W)
The organic group W is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkynyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an aralkyl group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heterocycle. Oxy group, acyl group (alkylcarbonyl group or arylcarbonyl group), acyloxy group (alkylcarbonyloxy group or arylcarbonyloxy group), carbamoyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, Heterocyclic thio group, alkyl or arylsulfinyl group, alkyl or arylsulfonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryl or heterocyclic azo group, sulfonamide group, imide group, acylamino group, carbamoyl group, lactone group, etc. can be mentioned.
Moreover, each of the above-mentioned groups may further have a substituent, if possible. For example, an alkyl group which may have a substituent is also included as one form of the organic group W. The above substituents are not particularly limited, but include, for example, one or more of the groups shown as the organic group W above, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a primary to tertiary amino group, a phosphino group, a phosphinyl group, Examples include a phosphinyloxy group, a phosphinylamino group, a phosphono group, a silyl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group (hereinafter, these are referred to as "substituent T").
Further, the number of carbon atoms in the organic group W is, for example, 1 to 20.
Further, the number of atoms other than hydrogen atoms that the organic group W has is, for example, 1 to 30.
 また、有機基Wにおいて例示されるアルキル基の炭素数としては、1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。
 アルキル基は、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。
 アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、及びn-ヘキシル基等の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状アルキル基が挙げられる。
 置換基を有してもよいアルキル基において、アルキル基が有してもよい置換基は特に制限されず、例えば、上述の置換基Tで例示される基等が挙げられる。
Further, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group exemplified in the organic group W is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 6.
The alkyl group may be either linear or branched.
Examples of the alkyl group include linear or branched alkyl groups such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, t-butyl group, and n-hexyl group. Can be mentioned.
In the alkyl group which may have a substituent, the substituent which the alkyl group may have is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, the groups exemplified by the above-mentioned substituent T.
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるアルコキシ基(アルコキシ基を含む置換基(例えば、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基)中のアルコキシ基部分も含む)におけるアルキル基部分、アラルキル基におけるアルキル基部分、アルキルカルボニル基におけるアルキル基部分、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基におけるアルキル基部分、アルキルチオ基におけるアルキル基部分、アルキルスルフィニル基におけるアルキル基部分、及びアルキルスルホニル基におけるアルキル基部分としては、上記アルキル基が好ましい。また、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシ基、置換基を有してもよいアラルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、置換基を有してもよいアルキルチオ基、置換基を有してもよいアルキルスルフィニル基、及び置換基を有してもよいアルキルスルホニル基において、アルコキシ基、アラルキル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルキルスルフィニル基、及びアルキルスルホニル基が有してもよい置換基としては、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。 The alkyl group moiety in the alkoxy group (including the alkoxy group moiety in a substituent containing an alkoxy group (e.g., alkoxycarbonyloxy group)), the alkyl group moiety in an aralkyl group, and the alkyl group in an alkylcarbonyl group exemplified in the organic group W As the alkyl group moiety in the alkylcarbonyloxy group, the alkyl group moiety in the alkylthio group, the alkyl group moiety in the alkylsulfinyl group, and the alkyl group moiety in the alkylsulfonyl group, the above alkyl groups are preferable. Also, an alkoxy group that may have a substituent, an aralkyl group that may have a substituent, an alkylcarbonyloxy group that may have a substituent, an alkylthio group that may have a substituent, a substituent In the alkylsulfinyl group which may have a substituent, and the alkylsulfonyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group, an aralkyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfinyl group, and an alkylsulfonyl group have Examples of the substituent which may be substituted include the same substituents as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。上記シクロアルキル基の炭素数は5~20が好ましく、5~15がより好ましい。置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキル基において、シクロアルキル基が有してもよい置換基は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。 Examples of the cycloalkyl group for the organic group W include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group. Examples include alkyl groups. The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is preferably 5 to 20, more preferably 5 to 15. In the cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, examples of the substituent which the cycloalkyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるアルケニル基は、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。上記アルケニル基の炭素数は、2~20が好ましい。置換基を有してもよいアルケニル基において、アルケニル基が有してもよい置換基は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるシクロアルケニル基の炭素数は、5~20が好ましい。置換基を有してもよいシクロアルケニル基において、シクロアルケニル基が有してもよい置換基は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるアルキニル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。上記アルキニル基の炭素数は、2~20が好ましい。置換基を有してもよいアルキニル基において、アルキニル基が有してもよい置換基は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるシクロアルキニル基の炭素数は、5~20が好ましい。置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキニル基において、シクロアルキニル基が有してもよい置換基は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
The alkenyl group exemplified in the organic group W may be either linear or branched. The alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 20 carbon atoms. In the alkenyl group which may have a substituent, examples of the substituent which the alkenyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
The cycloalkenyl group exemplified in the organic group W preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms. In the cycloalkenyl group which may have a substituent, examples of the substituent which the cycloalkenyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
The alkynyl group exemplified as the organic group W may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the alkynyl group is preferably 2 to 20. In the alkynyl group which may have a substituent, examples of the substituent which the alkynyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
The cycloalkynyl group exemplified as the organic group W preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms. In the cycloalkynyl group which may have a substituent, examples of the substituent which the cycloalkynyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるアリール基は、特段の断りがない限り、単環及び多環(例えば、2~6環等)のいずれであってもよい。
 上記アリール基の環員原子の数は、6~15が好ましく、6~10がより好ましい。
 上記アリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、又は、アントリル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。
 置換基を有してもよいアリール基において、アリール基が有してもよい置換基は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
 また、有機基Wにおいて例示される基のうち、アリール基を含む置換基(例えば、アリールオキシ基)中のアリール基部分についても、上記有機基Wにおいて例示されるアリール基と同様の例が挙げられる。
The aryl group exemplified in the organic group W may be either monocyclic or polycyclic (eg, 2-6 rings, etc.) unless otherwise specified.
The number of ring member atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 15, more preferably 6 to 10.
The aryl group is preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or an anthryl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
In the aryl group which may have a substituent, examples of the substituent which the aryl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
Furthermore, among the groups exemplified in the organic group W, the same examples as the aryl group exemplified in the above organic group W are given for the aryl group moiety in a substituent containing an aryl group (for example, an aryloxy group). It will be done.
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるヘテロアリール基は、特段の断りがない限り、単環及び多環(例えば、2~6環等)のいずれであってもよい。
 ヘテロアリール基が環員原子として有するヘテロ原子の数は、例えば、1~10である。上記ヘテロ原子としては、例えば、窒素原子、硫黄原子、酸素原子、セレン原子、テルル原子、リン原子、ケイ素原子、及びホウ素原子が挙げられる。
 上記ヘテロアリール基の環員原子の数は、5~15が好ましい。
 置換基を有してもよいヘテロアリール基において、ヘテロアリール基が有してもよい置換基は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
The heteroaryl group exemplified in the organic group W may be either monocyclic or polycyclic (eg, 2-6 rings, etc.) unless otherwise specified.
The number of heteroatoms that the heteroaryl group has as ring member atoms is, for example, 1 to 10. Examples of the heteroatoms include nitrogen atom, sulfur atom, oxygen atom, selenium atom, tellurium atom, phosphorus atom, silicon atom, and boron atom.
The number of ring member atoms in the above heteroaryl group is preferably 5 to 15.
In the heteroaryl group which may have a substituent, examples of the substituent which the heteroaryl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるヘテロ環とは、ヘテロ原子を環員原子として含む環を意図し、特段の断りがない限り、芳香族複素環及び脂肪族複素環のいずれでもよく、単環及び多環(例えば、2~6環等)のいずれであってもよい。
 ヘテロ環が環員原子として有するヘテロ原子の数は、例えば、1~10である。上記ヘテロ原子としては、例えば、窒素原子、硫黄原子、酸素原子、セレン原子、テルル原子、リン原子、ケイ素原子、及びホウ素原子が挙げられる。
 上記ヘテロ環の環員原子の数は、5~15が好ましい。
 置換基を有してもよいヘテロ環において、ヘテロ環が有してもよい置換基は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
The heterocycle exemplified in the organic group W is intended to be a ring containing a hetero atom as a ring member atom, and unless otherwise specified, it may be either an aromatic heterocycle or an aliphatic heterocycle, and may include a monocyclic ring and a polycyclic ring. It may be any ring (for example, 2 to 6 rings, etc.).
The number of heteroatoms that the heterocycle has as ring member atoms is, for example, 1 to 10. Examples of the heteroatoms include nitrogen atom, sulfur atom, oxygen atom, selenium atom, tellurium atom, phosphorus atom, silicon atom, and boron atom.
The number of ring member atoms in the heterocycle is preferably 5 to 15.
In the heterocycle which may have a substituent, examples of the substituent which the heterocycle may have are similar to the substituents in the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるラクトン基としては、5~7員環のラクトン基が好ましく、ビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環のラクトン環に他の環構造が縮環しているものがより好ましい。
 置換基を有してもよいラクトン基において、ラクトン基が有してもよい置換基は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
The lactone group exemplified in the organic group W is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone group, and another ring structure is fused to the 5- to 7-membered lactone ring to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure. It is more preferable that
In the lactone group that may have a substituent, examples of the substituent that the lactone group may have include the same as the substituents for the alkyl group that may have a substituent.
 Rとしては、なかでも、水素原子が好ましい。
 Rとしては、なかでも、水素原子又はメチル基が好ましく、水素原子がより好ましい。
Among these, a hydrogen atom is preferable as R 0 .
Among these, R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
 また、Aとしては、なかでも、ハロゲン原子(好ましくは、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子からなる群から選ばれる1種以上)を有する有機基を表すのが好ましく、ヨウ素原子を有する有機基を表すのが好ましい。なお、Aがハロゲン原子を有する有機基を表す場合、上記有機基は、ハロゲン原子以外の置換基を更に有してもよい。
 また、Aとしては、一般式(2)中の-C(=O)-L-と共に、上述の酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を形成する基が好ましい一態様として挙げられる。具体的には、-C(=O)-L-と共に、カルボキシ基、上述の(M2)で表されるカルボニルイミド基、上述の-C(=O)NHSO(Rは、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す)を形成する基が挙げられる。この場合、一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位は、上述の酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位に相当する。
In addition, A 1 preferably represents an organic group having a halogen atom (preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom), and represents an organic group having an iodine atom. Preferably it represents a group. Note that when A 1 represents an organic group having a halogen atom, the organic group may further have a substituent other than the halogen atom.
In addition, as A 1 , a group that forms an acidic group having an acidic proton as described above together with -C(=O)-L 1 - in general formula (2) can be mentioned as a preferable embodiment. Specifically, along with -C(=O)-L 1 -, a carboxy group, the above-mentioned carbonylimide group represented by (M2), and the above-mentioned -C(=O)NHSO 2 R P (R P is, (representing an alkyl group or an aryl group). In this case, the repeating unit represented by general formula (2) corresponds to the above-mentioned repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton.
 Rは、A又はRと互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
 RがA又はRと互いに連結して形成する環としては特に制限されず、単環及び多環のいずれであってもよい。上記環は、環員原子として、酸素原子、窒素原子、及び硫黄原子等のヘテロ原子、並びに/又は、カルボニル炭素を含んでいてもよい。
 上記環は、なかでも、5又は6員の脂環であるのが好ましい。
R 0 may be linked with A 1 or R 1 to form a ring.
The ring formed by connecting R 0 with A 1 or R 1 is not particularly limited, and may be either a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring. The above-mentioned ring may contain heteroatoms such as oxygen atom, nitrogen atom, and sulfur atom, and/or carbonyl carbon as ring member atoms.
Among these, the ring is preferably a 5- or 6-membered alicyclic ring.
 上記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(2-2)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 一般式(2-2)中、
 Xは、ハロゲン原子を表す。
 Aは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。Rは、Aと連結して環を形成しても良い。
In general formula (2-2),
X represents a halogen atom.
A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be connected to A 1 to form a ring.
 一般式(2-2)中のX、A及びRは、それぞれ、上記一般式(2)中のX、A及びRと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。 X, A 1 and R 0 in general formula (2-2) have the same meanings as X, A 1 and R 0 in general formula (2) above, respectively, and preferred examples are also the same.
 以下、一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位を構成するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、これに制限されない。 Hereinafter, specific examples of monomers constituting the repeating unit represented by general formula (2) will be given, but the monomers are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 重合体(B)において、一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量としては、全繰り返し単位に対して、10モル%以上であるのが好ましく、20モル%以上であるのがより好ましく、40モル%以上であるのが更に好ましい。また、その上限値としては、全繰り返し単位に対して、90モル%以下であるのが好ましく、80モル%以下であるのがより好ましく、70モル%以下であるのが更に好ましく、60モル%以下であるのが特に好ましい。
 なお、重合体(B)において、一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位は、1種単独で含まれていてもよく、2種以上含まれていてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
In the polymer (B), the content of repeating units represented by general formula (2) is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, based on all repeating units. The content is preferably 40 mol% or more, and more preferably 40 mol% or more. In addition, the upper limit thereof is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, still more preferably 70 mol% or less, and 60 mol% or less, based on all repeating units. The following is particularly preferred.
In addition, in the polymer (B), one type of repeating unit represented by general formula (2) may be contained alone, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types are included, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
<その他の繰り返し単位>
 重合体(B)は、本発明の効果を阻害しない範囲において、上述した繰り返し単位以外の他の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。
 具体的には、例えば、下記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。なお、一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位のうち、上述の一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位に該当するものは、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位として扱う。
<Other repeating units>
The polymer (B) may contain repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
Specifically, for example, it may contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3). Note that among the repeating units represented by general formula (3), those corresponding to the repeating units represented by general formula (1) above are treated as repeating units represented by general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 一般式(3)中、
 Yは、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
 Arは、アリール基を表す。
In general formula (3),
Y 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
Ar represents an aryl group.
 一般式(3)中のYが表す炭化水素基としては、上述の一般式(1)中のYとしての炭化水素基が挙げられる。
 Yは、メチル基又はエチル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。
Examples of the hydrocarbon group represented by Y 3 in the general formula (3) include the hydrocarbon group represented by Y in the above-mentioned general formula (1).
Y3 is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, more preferably a methyl group.
 一般式(3)中、Arは、置換基を有してもよいアリール基を表す。
 上記置換基を有してもよいアリール基としては、有機基Wとして例示されたアリール基であるのが好ましく、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基がより好ましい。上記アリール基が有してもよい置換基としては、例えば、有機基Wとして上述した置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
 Arとしては、置換基を有するアリール基を表し、且つ、置換基がハロゲン原子を含むのが好ましい。換言すると、Arとしては、ハロゲン原子を含む置換基を有するアリール基であるのが好ましい。
 アリール基が置換基としてハロゲン原子を有する場合、ハロゲン原子の個数としては特に制限されないが、例えば、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
In general formula (3), Ar represents an aryl group which may have a substituent.
The aryl group which may have a substituent is preferably an aryl group exemplified as the organic group W, and more preferably a phenyl group which may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group may have include the same substituents as the alkyl group that may have a substituent described above as the organic group W.
It is preferable that Ar represents an aryl group having a substituent, and the substituent contains a halogen atom. In other words, Ar is preferably an aryl group having a substituent containing a halogen atom.
When the aryl group has a halogen atom as a substituent, the number of halogen atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3.
 また、Arは、置換基として上述の酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を有するアリール基であってもよい。
 アリール基が置換基として酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を有する場合、酸性プロトンを有する酸性基の個数としては特に制限されないが、例えば、1~3が好ましい。
 この場合、一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位は、上述の酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位に相当する。
Moreover, Ar may be an aryl group having an acidic group having the above-mentioned acidic proton as a substituent.
When the aryl group has an acidic group having an acidic proton as a substituent, the number of acidic groups having an acidic proton is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 3, for example.
In this case, the repeating unit represented by general formula (3) corresponds to the above-mentioned repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton.
 以下、一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を構成するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、これに制限されない。 Hereinafter, specific examples of monomers constituting the repeating unit represented by general formula (3) will be given, but the monomers are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 重合体(B)において、その他の繰り返し単位を含む場合の含有量としては、全繰り返し単位に対して、全繰り返し単位に対して、30モル%以下であるのが好ましく、15モル%以下であるのがより好ましい。 In the case where the polymer (B) contains other repeating units, the content thereof is preferably 30 mol% or less, and 15 mol% or less based on all the repeating units. is more preferable.
 重合体(B)は、上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位に加え、上記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましく、上記一般式(1-2)で表される繰り返し単位、及び上記一般式(2-2)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことがより好ましい。 The polymer (B) preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2) in addition to the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1), and preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1-2). It is more preferable to include a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2-2).
 重合体(B)の重量平均分子量は、5000以上であることが好ましく、10000以上がより好ましく、20000以上が更に好ましい。
 また、重合体(B)の重量平均分子量は、200000以下が好ましく、150000以下がより好ましく、100000以下が更に好ましく、85000以下が特に好ましい。
 上記重量平均分子量の値は、GPC法によりポリスチレン換算値として求められる値である。
 重合体(B)の分散度(分子量分布)は、通常、1.0~3.0であり、1.0~2.0が好ましく、1.0~1.8がより好ましく、1.0~1.6が更に好ましい。分散度が上記範囲にある場合、解像度及びレジスト形状がより優れやすい。
The weight average molecular weight of the polymer (B) is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more, and even more preferably 20,000 or more.
Moreover, the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (B) is preferably 200,000 or less, more preferably 150,000 or less, even more preferably 100,000 or less, and particularly preferably 85,000 or less.
The above weight average molecular weight value is a value determined as a polystyrene equivalent value by GPC method.
The degree of dispersion (molecular weight distribution) of the polymer (B) is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.0, more preferably 1.0 to 1.8, and 1.0 ~1.6 is more preferred. When the degree of dispersion is within the above range, the resolution and resist shape tend to be better.
 重合体(B)は、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合で)合成できる。合成例の詳細は実施例で示す。 The polymer (B) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, by radical polymerization). Details of synthesis examples are shown in Examples.
 本発明のレジスト組成物において、重合体(B)の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、50.0質量%以上が好ましく、60.0質量%以上がより好ましく、70.0質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、上限値としては、100質量%以下であり、99.9質量%以下が好ましい。
 また、重合体(B)は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
In the resist composition of the present invention, the content of the polymer (B) is preferably 50.0% by mass or more, more preferably 60.0% by mass or more, and 70.0% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferably, the amount is % by mass or more. Further, the upper limit is 100% by mass or less, preferably 99.9% by mass or less.
Further, the polymer (B) may be used alone or in combination. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
〔溶剤〕
 本発明のレジスト組成物は、溶剤を含むことが好ましい。
 溶剤は、(M1)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、並びに、(M2)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸エステル、酢酸エステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸エステル、鎖状ケトン、環状ケトン、ラクトン、及びアルキレンカーボネートからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つの少なくとも一方を含んでいるのが好ましい。なお、この溶剤は、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含んでいてもよい。
〔solvent〕
The resist composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
The solvent consists of (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, and (M2) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid ester, acetate ester, alkoxypropionic acid ester, chain ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate. Preferably, at least one selected from the group . Note that this solvent may further contain components other than components (M1) and (M2).
 このような溶剤と重合体(B)とを組み合わせて用いた場合、レジスト組成物の塗布性が向上すると共に、現像欠陥数の少ないパターンが形成し易い。この理由として、これら溶剤は、重合体(B)の溶解性、沸点、及び粘度のバランスに優れるため、レジスト組成物の組成物膜であるレジスト膜の膜厚のムラ及びスピンコート中の析出物の発生等を抑制できることに起因していると推測される。 When such a solvent and polymer (B) are used in combination, the coatability of the resist composition is improved and a pattern with a small number of development defects is easily formed. The reason for this is that these solvents have an excellent balance between the solubility, boiling point, and viscosity of the polymer (B), so they can reduce unevenness in the thickness of the resist film, which is a composition film of the resist composition, and precipitates during spin coating. This is presumed to be due to the ability to suppress the occurrence of.
 成分(M1)としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA:propylene glycol monomethylether acetate)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルプロピオネート、及び、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテートからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つが好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)がより好ましい。 Component (M1) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate; Glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) is more preferred.
 成分(M2)としては、以下のものが好ましい。
 プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルとしては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME:propylene glycol monomethylether)、及び、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル(PGEE:propylene glycol monoethylether)が好ましい。
 乳酸エステルとしては、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、又は、乳酸プロピルが好ましい。
 酢酸エステルとしては、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸イソアミル、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、又は、酢酸3-メトキシブチルが好ましい。
 また、酪酸ブチルも好ましい。
 アルコキシプロピオン酸エステルとしては、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル(MMP:methyl 3-Methoxypropionate)、又は、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル(EEP:ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate)が好ましい。
 鎖状ケトンとしては、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、又は、メチルアミルケトンが好ましい。
 環状ケトンとしては、メチルシクロヘキサノン、イソホロン、シクロペンタノン、又は、シクロヘキサノンが好ましい。
 ラクトンとしては、γ-ブチロラクトンが好ましい。
 アルキレンカーボネートとしては、プロピレンカーボネートが好ましい。
As component (M2), the following are preferable.
As the propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) and propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE) are preferable.
As the lactic acid ester, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, or propyl lactate is preferable.
As the acetic acid ester, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, propyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, or 3-methoxybutyl acetate is preferred.
Butyl butyrate is also preferred.
As the alkoxypropionate ester, methyl 3-methoxypropionate (MMP) or ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (EEP) is preferable.
Examples of chain ketones include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, and methyl isobutyl. Ketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetyl carbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthyl ketone, or methyl amyl ketone is preferred.
As the cyclic ketone, methylcyclohexanone, isophorone, cyclopentanone, or cyclohexanone is preferred.
As the lactone, γ-butyrolactone is preferred.
As the alkylene carbonate, propylene carbonate is preferred.
 成分(M2)としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)、乳酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、メチルアミルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、酢酸ブチル、酢酸ペンチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、又は、プロピレンカーボネートがより好ましい。 Component (M2) is more preferably propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), ethyl lactate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl amyl ketone, cyclohexanone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, γ-butyrolactone, or propylene carbonate.
 溶剤としては、上述の成分の他、炭素数が7以上(7~14が好ましく、7~12がより好ましく、7~10が更に好ましい)、かつ、ヘテロ原子数が2以下のエステル系溶剤を含むのも好ましい。
 炭素数が7以上かつヘテロ原子数が2以下のエステル系溶剤としては、酢酸アミル、酢酸2-メチルブチル、酢酸1-メチルブチル、酢酸ヘキシル、プロピオン酸ペンチル、プロピオン酸ヘキシル、プロピオン酸ブチル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、プロピオン酸ヘプチル、又は、ブタン酸ブチルが好ましく、酢酸イソアミルがより好ましい。
In addition to the above-mentioned components, the solvent may include an ester solvent having 7 or more carbon atoms (preferably 7 to 14, more preferably 7 to 12, even more preferably 7 to 10) and having 2 or less heteroatoms. It is also preferable to include.
Examples of ester solvents having 7 or more carbon atoms and 2 or less heteroatoms include amyl acetate, 2-methylbutyl acetate, 1-methylbutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, pentyl propionate, hexyl propionate, butyl propionate, and isobutyl isobutyrate. , heptyl propionate, or butyl butanoate are preferred, and isoamyl acetate is more preferred.
 成分(M2)としては、引火点(以下、fpともいう)が37℃以上であるものが好ましい。このような成分(M2)としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(fp:47℃)、乳酸エチル(fp:53℃)、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル(fp:49℃)、メチルアミルケトン(fp:42℃)、シクロヘキサノン(fp:44℃)、酢酸ペンチル(fp:45℃)、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル(fp:45℃)、γ-ブチロラクトン(fp:101℃)、又は、プロピレンカーボネート(fp:132℃)が好ましい。これらのうち、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、乳酸エチル、酢酸ペンチル、又は、シクロヘキサノンがより好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、又は、乳酸エチルが更に好ましい。
 なお、ここで「引火点」とは、東京化成工業株式会社又はシグマアルドリッチ社の試薬カタログに記載されている値を意味している。
The component (M2) preferably has a flash point (hereinafter also referred to as fp) of 37° C. or higher. Such components (M2) include propylene glycol monomethyl ether (fp: 47°C), ethyl lactate (fp: 53°C), ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (fp: 49°C), and methyl amyl ketone (fp: 42°C). ), cyclohexanone (fp: 44°C), pentyl acetate (fp: 45°C), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate (fp: 45°C), γ-butyrolactone (fp: 101°C), or propylene carbonate (fp: 132°C) is preferred. Among these, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethyl lactate, pentyl acetate, or cyclohexanone are more preferred, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether or ethyl lactate is even more preferred.
In addition, the "flash point" here means the value described in the reagent catalog of Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. or Sigma-Aldrich.
 溶剤は、成分(M1)を含んでいることが好ましい。溶剤は、実質的に成分(M1)のみからなるか、又は、成分(M1)と他の成分との混合溶剤であることがより好ましい。後者の場合、溶剤は、成分(M1)と成分(M2)との双方を含んでいることが更に好ましい。
 成分(M1)と成分(M2)との質量比(M1/M2)は、「100/0」~「15/85」の範囲内にあることが好ましく、「100/0」~「40/60」の範囲内にあることがより好ましく、「100/0」~「60/40」の範囲内にあることが更に好ましい。つまり、溶剤は、成分(M1)のみからなるか、又は、成分(M1)と成分(M2)との双方を含んでおり、かつ、それらの質量比が以下の通りであることが好ましい。即ち、後者の場合、成分(M2)に対する成分(M1)の質量比は、15/85以上であることが好ましく、40/60以上であることよりが好ましく、60/40以上であることが更に好ましい。このような構成を採用すると、現像欠陥数を更に減少させることが可能となる。
Preferably, the solvent contains component (M1). It is more preferable that the solvent consists essentially of component (M1) only, or is a mixed solvent of component (M1) and other components. In the latter case, it is more preferable that the solvent contains both component (M1) and component (M2).
The mass ratio (M1/M2) of component (M1) and component (M2) is preferably within the range of "100/0" to "15/85", and is preferably within the range of "100/0" to "40/60". ”, and even more preferably within the range of “100/0” to “60/40”. That is, it is preferable that the solvent consists only of component (M1) or contains both component (M1) and component (M2), and the mass ratio thereof is as follows. That is, in the latter case, the mass ratio of component (M1) to component (M2) is preferably 15/85 or more, more preferably 40/60 or more, and even more preferably 60/40 or more. preferable. If such a configuration is adopted, it becomes possible to further reduce the number of development defects.
 なお、溶剤が成分(M1)と成分(M2)との双方を含んでいる場合、成分(M2)に対する成分(M1)の質量比は、例えば、99/1以下とする。 Note that when the solvent contains both component (M1) and component (M2), the mass ratio of component (M1) to component (M2) is, for example, 99/1 or less.
 溶剤が成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含む場合、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分の含有量は、溶剤の全量に対して、5~30質量%が好ましい。 When the solvent further contains components other than components (M1) and (M2), the content of components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the solvent.
 本発明のレジスト組成物中の溶剤の含有量は、塗布性がより優れる点で、固形分濃度が0.5~30質量%となるように定めるのが好ましく、1~20質量%となるように定めるのがより好ましい。 The content of the solvent in the resist composition of the present invention is preferably determined so that the solid content concentration is 0.5 to 30% by mass, and 1 to 20% by mass in terms of better coating properties. It is more preferable to set
〔界面活性剤〕
 本発明のレジスト組成物は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。界面活性剤を含むと、密着性により優れ、現像欠陥のより少ないパターンを形成できる。
 界面活性剤は、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤が好ましい。
 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0218]及び[0219]に開示された界面活性剤が挙げられる。
[Surfactant]
The resist composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant. When a surfactant is included, a pattern with better adhesion and fewer development defects can be formed.
The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant.
Examples of the fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants include the surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.
 これら界面活性剤は、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。 These surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 本発明のレジスト組成物が界面活性剤を含む場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.0001~2質量%が好ましく、0.0005~1質量%がより好ましい。 When the resist composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, and 0.0005 to 1% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferred.
 また、本発明は、
 (A)オニウム塩化合物と、
 (B1)フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシル基、-SONHR(Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基を表す)、アミド基、カルボニルイミド基、スルホニルイミド基、芳香環の環員原子に置換したチオール基、及び、又は-C(=O)NHSO(Rは、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す)からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの基を含む繰り返し単位を有する重合体と、を含み、
 上記重合体が、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位と、下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位、を有する、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物にも関する。
Moreover, the present invention
(A) an onium salt compound;
(B1) Phenolic hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, -SO 2 NHR N (R N is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a cyano group), an amide group, a carbonylimide group, a sulfonylimide group, a thiol group substituted on a ring member atom of an aromatic ring, and/or -C(=O)NHSO 2 R P (R P is an alkyl group or an aryl group) a polymer having a repeating unit comprising at least one group selected from the group consisting of
The present invention also relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in which the polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 一般式(1)中、
 Yは、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
 Aは、電子供与性基を有する芳香環基を表す。但し、上記電子供与性基は、上記少なくとも1つの基には相当しない。
In general formula (1),
Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
A 2 represents an aromatic ring group having an electron donating group. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the at least one group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 一般式(2)中、
 Xは、ハロゲン原子を表す。
 Lは、-O-又は-NR-を表す。Rは水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 Aは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。Rは、A又はRと連結して環を形成しても良い。
In general formula (2),
X represents a halogen atom.
L 1 represents -O- or -NR 1 -. R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be linked with A 1 or R 1 to form a ring.
 (A)オニウム塩化合物は、上述の通りである。
 上記重合体(B1)は、上記重合体(B)の好ましい一態様である。
 フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシル基、-SONHR(Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基を表す)、アミド基、カルボニルイミド基、スルホニルイミド基、芳香環の環員原子に置換したチオール基、及び、又は-C(=O)NHSO(Rは、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す)からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの基は、上述の重合体(B)における「酸性プロトンを有する酸性基」である。
 また、一般式(1)、一般式(2)における各基は、上記重合体(B)の一般式(1)、一般式(2)における各基と同義である。
 酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位は、上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位であってもよく、上記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位であってもよく、上記一般式(1)及び(2)とは異なるその他の繰り返し単位であってもよいが、上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位及び上記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位の少なくともいずれか一方であることが好ましく、上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位であることがより好ましい。
(A) Onium salt compound is as described above.
The polymer (B1) is a preferred embodiment of the polymer (B).
Phenolic hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, -SO 2 NHR N (R N represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a cyano group) ), an amide group, a carbonylimide group, a sulfonylimide group, a thiol group substituted on a ring member atom of an aromatic ring, and/or -C(=O)NHSO 2 R P (R P represents an alkyl group or an aryl group ) is an "acidic group having an acidic proton" in the above-mentioned polymer (B).
Moreover, each group in general formula (1) and general formula (2) is synonymous with each group in general formula (1) and general formula (2) of the said polymer (B).
The repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton may be a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1), a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2), or the above general formula (2). Although other repeating units different from formulas (1) and (2) may be used, at least any of the repeating units represented by the above general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2) One of them is preferable, and a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1) is more preferable.
 上記重合体は、上記一般式(1-2)で表される繰り返し単位、及び上記一般式(2-2)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。
 上記重合体は、本発明の効果を阻害しない範囲において、上述した繰り返し単位以外の他の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。他の繰り返し単位としては、上記重合体(B)が含んでいても良い他の繰り返し単位と同様のものを挙げることができる。
 上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量、及び、上記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、上記の重合体(B)における上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量、及び上記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量と同様である。また、他の繰り返し単位の含有量についても、上記の重合体(B)における他の繰り返し単位の含有量と同様である。
The polymer preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1-2) and a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2-2).
The above-mentioned polymer may contain repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units within a range that does not impede the effects of the present invention. Examples of other repeating units include those similar to other repeating units that the polymer (B) may contain.
The content of the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1) and the content of the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2) are determined by the above general formula (1) in the above polymer (B). The content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (2) is the same as the content of the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2). Moreover, the content of other repeating units is also the same as the content of other repeating units in the above polymer (B).
[レジスト膜、パターン形成方法]
 本発明は、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された、レジスト膜にも関する。
 また、本発明は、上記活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程と、上記レジスト膜を露光する工程と、露光されたレジスト膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程と、を有する、パターン形成方法にも関する。
[Resist film, pattern formation method]
The present invention also relates to a resist film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
The present invention also provides a step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a step of exposing the resist film, and a step of applying a developer to the exposed resist film. It also relates to a pattern forming method, which comprises a step of developing using a pattern forming method.
 上記レジスト組成物を用いたパターン形成方法の手順は特に制限されないが、以下の工程を有するのが好ましい。
 工程1:レジスト組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程
 工程2:レジスト膜を露光する工程
 工程3:露光されたレジスト膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程
 以下、上記それぞれの工程の手順について詳述する。
Although the procedure of the pattern forming method using the above resist composition is not particularly limited, it is preferable to include the following steps.
Step 1: Step of forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition Step 2: Step of exposing the resist film Step 3: Step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer Below, each of the above The process steps will be explained in detail.
<工程1:レジスト膜形成工程>
 工程1は、レジスト組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程である。
 レジスト組成物の定義は、上述の通りである。
<Step 1: Resist film formation step>
Step 1 is a step of forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition.
The definition of the resist composition is as described above.
 レジスト組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を形成する方法としては、例えば、レジスト組成物を基板上に塗布する方法が挙げられる。
 なお、塗布前にレジスト組成物を必要に応じてフィルター濾過するのが好ましい。フィルターのポアサイズは、0.1μm以下が好ましく、0.05μm以下がより好ましく、0.03μm以下が更に好ましい。また、フィルターは、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又は、ナイロン製が好ましい。
Examples of methods for forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition include a method of applying a resist composition onto a substrate.
Note that it is preferable to filter the resist composition as necessary before coating. The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.03 μm or less. Moreover, the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
 レジスト組成物は、集積回路素子の製造に使用されるような基板(例:シリコン、二酸化シリコン被覆)上に、スピナー又はコーター等の適当な塗布方法により塗布できる。塗布方法は、スピナーを用いたスピン塗布が好ましい。スピナーを用いたスピン塗布をする際の回転数は、1000~3000rpmが好ましい。
 レジスト組成物の塗布後、基板を乾燥し、レジスト膜を形成してもよい。なお、必要により、レジスト膜の下層に、各種下地膜(無機膜、有機膜、反射防止膜)を形成してもよい。
The resist composition can be applied onto a substrate (eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coated), such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit devices, by any suitable application method, such as a spinner or coater. The coating method is preferably spin coating using a spinner. The rotation speed during spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm.
After applying the resist composition, the substrate may be dried to form a resist film. Note that, if necessary, various base films (inorganic film, organic film, antireflection film) may be formed under the resist film.
 乾燥方法としては、例えば、加熱して乾燥する方法が挙げられる。加熱は通常の露光機、及び/又は、現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて実施してもよい。加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。加熱時間は30~1000秒が好ましく、60~800秒がより好ましく、60~600秒が更に好ましい。 Examples of the drying method include a method of drying by heating. Heating can be carried out using a means provided in an ordinary exposure machine and/or developing machine, or may be carried out using a hot plate or the like. The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C. The heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
 レジスト膜の膜厚は特に制限されないが、より高精度な微細パターンを形成できる点から、10~120nmが好ましい。なかでも、EUV露光及びEB露光とする場合、レジスト膜の膜厚としては、10~65nmがより好ましく、15~50nmが更に好ましい。また、ArF液浸露光とする場合、レジスト膜の膜厚としては、10~120nmがより好ましく、15~90nmが更に好ましい。 The thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 120 nm from the standpoint of forming fine patterns with higher precision. Among these, in the case of EUV exposure and EB exposure, the thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 50 nm. Further, in the case of ArF immersion exposure, the thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 120 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 90 nm.
 なお、レジスト膜の上層にトップコート組成物を用いてトップコートを形成してもよい。
 トップコート組成物は、レジスト膜と混合せず、更にレジスト膜上層に均一に塗布できるのが好ましい。トップコートは、特に限定されず、従来公知のトップコートを、従来公知の方法によって形成でき、例えば、特開2014-059543号公報の段落[0072]~[0082]の記載に基づいてトップコートを形成できる。
 例えば、特開2013-061648号公報に記載されたような塩基性化合物を含むトップコートを、レジスト膜上に形成するのが好ましい。トップコートが含み得る塩基性化合物の具体的な例は、レジスト組成物が含んでいてもよい塩基性化合物が挙げられる。
 また、トップコートは、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、水酸基、チオール基、カルボニル結合、及びエステル結合からなる群より選択される基又は結合を少なくとも一つ含む化合物を含むのも好ましい。
Note that a top coat may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film using a top coat composition.
Preferably, the top coat composition does not mix with the resist film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the resist film. The top coat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known top coat can be formed by a conventionally known method. Can be formed.
For example, it is preferable to form a top coat containing a basic compound as described in JP-A-2013-061648 on the resist film. Specific examples of basic compounds that may be included in the top coat include basic compounds that may be included in the resist composition.
It is also preferable that the top coat contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
<工程2:露光工程>
 工程2は、レジスト膜を露光する工程である。
 露光の方法としては、形成したレジスト膜に所定のマスクを通して活性光線又は放射線を照射する方法が挙げられる。
 活性光線又は放射線としては、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極端紫外線、X線、及び電子線が挙げられ、好ましくは250nm以下、より好ましくは220nm以下、特に好ましくは1~200nmの波長の遠紫外光、具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、EUV(13nm)、X線、及び電子ビームが挙げられる。
<Step 2: Exposure step>
Step 2 is a step of exposing the resist film.
Examples of the exposure method include a method of irradiating the formed resist film with actinic rays or radiation through a predetermined mask.
Actinic light or radiation includes infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams, preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, particularly preferably 1 to Deep ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 200 nm, specifically KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F2 excimer laser (157 nm), EUV (13 nm), X-rays, and electron beams.
 露光後、現像を行う前に露光後加熱処理(露光後ベークともいう。)を行うのが好ましい。露光後加熱処理により露光部の反応が促進され、感度及びパターン形状がより良好となる。
 加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。
 加熱時間は10~1000秒が好ましく、10~180秒がより好ましく、30~120秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は通常の露光機及び/又は現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
After exposure, it is preferable to perform post-exposure heat treatment (also referred to as post-exposure bake) before development. The post-exposure heat treatment accelerates the reaction in the exposed area, resulting in better sensitivity and pattern shape.
The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
The heating time is preferably 10 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably 30 to 120 seconds.
Heating can be carried out using means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
<工程3:現像工程>
 工程3は、現像液を用いて、露光されたレジスト膜を現像し、パターンを形成する工程である。
 現像液は、有機溶剤を含む現像液(以下、有機系現像液ともいう)であることが好ましい。
<Step 3: Development step>
Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer to form a pattern.
The developer is preferably a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer).
 現像方法としては、例えば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止して現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、及び一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)が挙げられる。
 また、現像を行う工程の後に、他の溶剤に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。
 現像時間は未露光部の樹脂が十分に溶解する時間であれば特に制限はなく、10~300秒が好ましく、20~120秒がより好ましい。
 現像液の温度は0~50℃が好ましく、15~35℃がより好ましい。
Development methods include, for example, a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and the substrate is left still for a certain period of time for development (paddle method). ), a method of spraying the developer onto the substrate surface (spray method), and a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed onto the rotating substrate (dynamic dispensing method). can be mentioned.
Furthermore, after the step of developing, a step of stopping the development may be carried out while substituting another solvent.
The development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed areas is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 20 to 120 seconds.
The temperature of the developer is preferably 0 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 35°C.
 有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び炭化水素系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有する現像液であるのが好ましい。 The organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. It is preferable to have one.
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤又は水と混合してもよい。現像液全体としての含水率は、50質量%未満が好ましく、20質量%未満がより好ましく、10質量%未満が更に好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないのが特に好ましい。
 有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の含有量は、現像液の全量に対して、50質量%以上100質量%以下が好ましく、80質量%以上100質量%以下がより好ましく、90質量%以上100質量%以下が更に好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下が特に好ましい。
A plurality of the above-mentioned solvents may be mixed together, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above-mentioned ones or water. The water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
The content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass, based on the total amount of the developer. The following is more preferable, and 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
<他の工程>
 上記パターン形成方法は、工程3の後に、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を含むのが好ましい。
<Other processes>
The pattern forming method preferably includes a step of cleaning using a rinsing liquid after step 3.
 有機系現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、パターンを溶解しないものであれば特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用できる。リンス液は、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いるのが好ましい。 The rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the development step using an organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and solutions containing common organic solvents can be used. The rinsing liquid contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents. is preferred.
 リンス工程の方法は特に限定されず、例えば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、及び基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)等が挙げられる。
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法は、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含んでいてもよい。本工程により、ベークによりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。また、本工程により、レジストパターンがなまされ、パターンの表面荒れが改善される効果もある。リンス工程の後の加熱工程は、通常40~250℃(好ましくは90~200℃)で、通常10秒間~3分間(好ましくは30秒間~120秒間)行う。
The method of the rinsing process is not particularly limited, and examples include a method in which the rinsing liquid is continuously discharged onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), and a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time. (dip method), and a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method).
Further, the pattern forming method of the present invention may include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. In this step, the developer and rinse solution remaining between patterns and inside the patterns due to baking are removed. This step also has the effect of smoothing the resist pattern and improving surface roughness of the pattern. The heating step after the rinsing step is usually carried out at 40 to 250°C (preferably 90 to 200°C) for 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).
 また、形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板のエッチング処理を実施してもよい。つまり、工程3にて形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)を加工して、基板にパターンを形成してもよい。
 基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)の加工方法は特に限定されないが、工程3で形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)に対してドライエッチングを行うことにより、基板にパターンを形成する方法が好ましい。ドライエッチングは、酸素プラズマエッチングが好ましい。
Further, the substrate may be etched using the formed pattern as a mask. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the lower film and the substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate.
The method of processing the substrate (or the lower layer film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, but by performing dry etching on the substrate (or the lower layer film and the substrate) using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask, the substrate is processed. A method of forming a pattern is preferred. The dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.
 レジスト組成物、及び本発明のパターン形成方法において使用される各種材料(例えば、溶剤、現像液、リンス液、反射防止膜形成用組成物、トップコート形成用組成物等)は、金属等の不純物を含まないのが好ましい。これら材料に含まれる不純物の含有量は、1質量ppm以下が好ましく、10質量ppb以下がより好ましく、100質量ppt以下が更に好ましく、10質量ppt以下が特に好ましく、1質量ppt以下が最も好ましい。ここで、金属不純物としては、例えば、Na、K、Ca、Fe、Cu、Mg、Al、Li、Cr、Ni、Sn、Ag、As、Au、Ba、Cd、Co、Pb、Ti、V、W、及びZn等が挙げられる。 The resist composition and various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention (e.g., solvent, developer, rinsing liquid, composition for forming an antireflection film, composition for forming a top coat, etc.) do not contain impurities such as metals. Preferably, it does not contain. The content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm or less, more preferably 10 mass ppt or less, even more preferably 100 mass ppt or less, particularly preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and most preferably 1 mass ppt or less. Here, examples of metal impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, W, Zn, etc. are mentioned.
 各種材料から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、フィルターを用いた濾過が挙げられる。フィルターを用いた濾過の詳細は、国際公開第2020/004306号公報の段落[0321]に記載される。 Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from various materials include filtration using a filter. Details of filtration using a filter are described in paragraph [0321] of International Publication No. 2020/004306.
 また、各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減する方法としては、例えば、各種材料を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する方法、各種材料を構成する原料に対してフィルター濾過を行う方法、及び装置内をテフロン(登録商標)でライニングする等してコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う方法等が挙げられる。 In addition, methods for reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials include, for example, selecting raw materials with low metal content as raw materials constituting various materials, and filtering raw materials constituting various materials. and a method in which distillation is carried out under conditions where contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark).
 フィルター濾過の他、吸着材による不純物の除去を行ってもよく、フィルター濾過と吸着材とを組み合わせて使用してもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を使用でき、例えば、シリカゲル及びゼオライト等の無機系吸着材、並びに、活性炭等の有機系吸着材を使用できる。上記各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減するためには、製造工程における金属不純物の混入を防止する必要がある。製造装置から金属不純物が十分に除去されたかどうかは、製造装置の洗浄に使用された洗浄液中に含まれる金属成分の含有量を測定して確認できる。使用後の洗浄液に含まれる金属成分の含有量は、100質量ppt(parts per trillion)以下が好ましく、10質量ppt以下がより好ましく、1質量ppt以下が更に好ましい。 In addition to filter filtration, impurities may be removed using an adsorbent, or a combination of filter filtration and an adsorbent may be used. As the adsorbent, known adsorbents can be used, such as inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon. In order to reduce impurities such as metals contained in the various materials mentioned above, it is necessary to prevent metal impurities from being mixed in during the manufacturing process. Whether metal impurities have been sufficiently removed from the manufacturing equipment can be confirmed by measuring the content of metal components contained in the cleaning liquid used to clean the manufacturing equipment. The content of metal components contained in the cleaning solution after use is preferably 100 parts per trillion or less, more preferably 10 parts per trillion or less, and even more preferably 1 parts per trillion or less.
 また、レジスト組成物は、不純物として水を含む場合もある。不純物として水を含む場合、水の含有量としては、少ない程好ましいが、レジスト組成物全体に対して、1~30000質量ppm含まれていてもよい。
 また、レジスト組成物は、不純物として残存モノマー(例えば、重合体(B)の合成に使用された原料モノマーに由来するモノマー(単量体))を含む場合もある。不純物として残存モノマーを含む場合、残存モノマーの含有量としては、少ない程好ましいが、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、1~30000質量ppm含まれていてもよい。
Further, the resist composition may contain water as an impurity. When water is contained as an impurity, the water content is preferably as small as possible, but may be contained in an amount of 1 to 30,000 ppm by mass based on the entire resist composition.
Further, the resist composition may contain residual monomers (for example, monomers derived from raw material monomers used in the synthesis of polymer (B)) as impurities. When a residual monomer is contained as an impurity, the content of the residual monomer is preferably as small as possible, but it may be contained in an amount of 1 to 30,000 ppm by mass based on the total solid content of the resist composition.
 リンス液等の有機系処理液には、静電気の帯電、引き続き生じる静電気放電に伴う、薬液配管及び各種パーツ(フィルター、O-リング、チューブ等)の故障を防止する為、導電性の化合物を添加してもよい。導電性の化合物は特に制限されないが、例えば、メタノールが挙げられる。添加量は特に制限されないが、好ましい現像特性又はリンス特性を維持する点で、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。
 薬液配管としては、例えば、SUS(ステンレス鋼)、又は、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、若しくは、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフロオロアルコキシ樹脂等)で被膜された各種配管を使用できる。フィルター及びO-リングに関しても同様に、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、又は、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフロオロアルコキシ樹脂等)を使用できる。
Conductive compounds are added to organic processing solutions such as rinse solutions to prevent damage to chemical piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to static electricity charging and subsequent electrostatic discharge. You may. The conductive compound is not particularly limited, and for example, methanol may be mentioned. The amount added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less in terms of maintaining favorable development characteristics or rinsing characteristics.
Examples of chemical liquid piping include SUS (stainless steel), polyethylene or polypropylene treated with antistatic treatment, or various types of piping coated with fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.). can be used. Similarly, for the filter and O-ring, antistatically treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) can be used.
[電子デバイスの製造方法]
 また、本発明は、上記したパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法、及びこの製造方法により製造された電子デバイスにも関する。
 本発明の電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(家電、OA(Office Automation)、メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に、好適に、搭載されるものである。
[Manufacturing method of electronic device]
The present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the above-described pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
The electronic device of the present invention is preferably installed in electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, office automation (OA), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
[重合体]
 本発明は、上述の重合体(B)の好ましい一態様として記載した、酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位を有する重合体であって、上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、上記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体であって、上記酸性基が、フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシル基、-SONHR(Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基を表す)、アミド基、カルボニルイミド基、スルホニルイミド基、芳香環の環員原子に置換したチオール基、及び、又は-C(=O)NHSO(Rは、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す)からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの基を表す、重合体にも関する。
[Polymer]
The present invention provides a polymer having a repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton, which is described as a preferable embodiment of the above-mentioned polymer (B), and the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1), and a polymer containing a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2), wherein the acidic group is a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, -SO 2 NHR N (R N is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, aryl group, alkylcarbonyl group, arylcarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group, cyano group), amide group, carbonylimide group, sulfonylimide group, thiol substituted on a member atom of an aromatic ring It also relates to polymers representing at least one group selected from the group consisting of the group -C(=O)NHSO 2 R P (R P represents an alkyl group or an aryl group).
 酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位は、上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位であってもよく、上記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位であってもよく、上記一般式(1)及び(2)とは異なるその他の繰り返し単位であってもよいが、上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位及び上記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位の少なくともいずれか一方であることが好ましく、上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位であることがより好ましい。 The repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton may be a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1), a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2), or the above general formula (2). Although other repeating units different from formulas (1) and (2) may be used, at least any of the repeating units represented by the above general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2) One of them is preferable, and a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1) is more preferable.
 上記重合体は、上記一般式(1-2)で表される繰り返し単位、及び上記一般式(2-2)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。
 上記重合体は、本発明の効果を阻害しない範囲において、上述した繰り返し単位以外の他の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。他の繰り返し単位としては、上記重合体(B)が含んでいても良い他の繰り返し単位と同様のものを挙げることができる。
 上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量、及び、上記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、上記の重合体(B)における上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量、及び上記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量と同様である。また、他の繰り返し単位の含有量についても、上記の重合体(B)における他の繰り返し単位の含有量と同様である。
The polymer preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1-2) and a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2-2).
The above-mentioned polymer may contain repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units within a range that does not impede the effects of the present invention. Examples of other repeating units include those similar to other repeating units that the polymer (B) may contain.
The content of the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1) and the content of the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2) are determined by the above general formula (1) in the above polymer (B). The content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (2) is the same as the content of the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2). Moreover, the content of other repeating units is also the same as the content of other repeating units in the above polymer (B).
 以下に実施例に基づいて本発明をさらに詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更することができる。したがって、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により限定的に解釈されるべきものではない。 The present invention will be described in more detail below based on Examples. The materials, usage amounts, proportions, processing details, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be construed as being limited by the Examples shown below.
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の各種成分]
〔重合体(B)〕
 表2に示される重合体(B-1~B-23及びRB-1~RB-3)を以下に示す。
 B-3は、後述する合成方法(合成例1)により合成したものを用いた。B-1~2、B-4~B-23、及びRB-1~RB-3は、合成例1に準じて、若しくは、既知の方法にて合成したものを用いた。なお、重合体RB-1~RB-3は、比較用重合体に該当する。
 表1に、重合体B-1~B-23及びRB-1~RB-3の組成(原料モノマーの種類、繰り返し単位の組成比(モル%比)、重量平均分子量(Mw)、及び分散度(Mw/Mn))を示す。
 なお、重合体B-1~B-23及びRB-1~RB-3の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、重合体の組成比(モル%比)は、13C-NMR(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance)により測定した。
[Various components of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
[Polymer (B)]
The polymers shown in Table 2 (B-1 to B-23 and RB-1 to RB-3) are shown below.
B-3 was synthesized by the synthesis method (Synthesis Example 1) described below. B-1 to 2, B-4 to B-23, and RB-1 to RB-3 were synthesized according to Synthesis Example 1 or by known methods. Note that polymers RB-1 to RB-3 correspond to comparative polymers.
Table 1 shows the compositions of Polymers B-1 to B-23 and RB-1 to RB-3 (types of raw material monomers, composition ratios of repeating units (mol% ratio), weight average molecular weights (Mw), and degree of dispersion). (Mw/Mn)).
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity (Mw/Mn) of Polymers B-1 to B-23 and RB-1 to RB-3 were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (polystyrene (converted quantity). Further, the composition ratio (mol% ratio) of the polymer was measured by 13 C-NMR (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
 上記表1中の重合体B-1~B-23及びRB-1~RB-3において、各原料モノマーは、以下の通りである。
 なお、表1中の繰り返し単位1の原料モノマーは、下記モノマーM-1~M-4、M-7、M-8、M-13、M-16、M-18及びM-19から選ばれる上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位の原料モノマーである。表1中の繰り返し単位2の原料モノマーは、下記モノマーMa-1~Ma-9から選ばれる上記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位の原料モノマーである。表1中の繰り返し単位3の原料モノマーは、下記モノマーN-1、N-3、及びN-5~N-7から選ばれるモノマーである。
 なお、表1中の繰り返し返し単位3の原料モノマーM-20は、下記モノマーM-20である。
In polymers B-1 to B-23 and RB-1 to RB-3 in Table 1 above, each raw material monomer is as follows.
In addition, the raw material monomer of repeating unit 1 in Table 1 is selected from the following monomers M-1 to M-4, M-7, M-8, M-13, M-16, M-18 and M-19. This is a raw material monomer for the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1). The raw material monomer for repeating unit 2 in Table 1 is a raw material monomer for the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2) selected from the following monomers Ma-1 to Ma-9. The raw material monomer for repeating unit 3 in Table 1 is a monomer selected from the following monomers N-1, N-3, and N-5 to N-7.
In addition, the raw material monomer M-20 of repeating unit 3 in Table 1 is the following monomer M-20.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 なお、M-1~M-20において、電子供与性基として示す各基のσp値は、全て0未満であった。 Note that in M-1 to M-20, the σp values of each group shown as an electron-donating group were all less than 0.
<合成例1:重合体B-3の合成> <Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Polymer B-3>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 窒素気流下にて、シクロヘキサノン5.33gを3つ口フラスコに入れ、これを85℃に加熱した。次いで、上記3つ口フラスコ内に、モノマーM-3を11.92gと、モノマーMa-1を6.08gと、重合開始剤V-601(富士フイルム和光純薬株式会社製)の20質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液を0.58gと、シクロヘキサノンを21.1gとの混合溶液を4時間かけて滴下し、滴下終了後、更に85℃にて2時間反応させた。反応終了後、反応液を放冷した。次いで、放冷後の反応液を、攪拌したヘプタン/酢酸エチル(9/1)300g中に滴下し、滴下により析出した粉体をろ取して乾燥することで、樹脂B-3(7.5g)を得た。 Under a nitrogen stream, 5.33 g of cyclohexanone was placed in a three-necked flask and heated to 85°C. Next, in the three-necked flask, 11.92 g of monomer M-3, 6.08 g of monomer Ma-1, and 20% by mass of polymerization initiator V-601 (manufactured by Fuji Film Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) were added. A mixed solution of 0.58 g of cyclohexanone solution and 21.1 g of cyclohexanone was added dropwise over 4 hours, and after completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further carried out at 85° C. for 2 hours. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was allowed to cool. Next, the reaction solution after being left to cool was dropped into 300 g of stirred heptane/ethyl acetate (9/1), and the powder precipitated by the dropping was collected by filtration and dried to obtain resin B-3 (7. 5g) was obtained.
 上記樹脂B-3について、13C-NMR(核磁気共鳴)法から求めた繰り返し単位の組成比(モル比)は、モノマーM-3に由来する繰り返し単位/モノマーMa-1に由来する繰り返し単位=48/52であった。また、得られた樹脂B-3についてGPCにて測定された重量平均分子量は、標準ポリスチレン換算で43000であり、分散度(Mw/Mn)は1.73であった。 Regarding the above resin B-3, the composition ratio (molar ratio) of repeating units determined by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) method is repeating units derived from monomer M-3/repeat units derived from monomer Ma-1. =48/52. Furthermore, the weight average molecular weight of the obtained resin B-3 measured by GPC was 43,000 in terms of standard polystyrene, and the degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) was 1.73.
〔オニウム塩化合物(A)〕
 表2に示されるオニウム塩化合物(A-1~A-12)の構造を以下に示す。なお、オニウム塩化合物(A-1~A-12)は、いずれも光分解型オニウム塩化合物に該当する。
[Onium salt compound (A)]
The structures of the onium salt compounds (A-1 to A-12) shown in Table 2 are shown below. Note that the onium salt compounds (A-1 to A-12) all correspond to photodegradable onium salt compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
〔溶剤〕
 表2に示される溶剤を以下に示す。
 G1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 G2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 G3:ダイアセトンアルコール(DAA)
 G4:γ-ブチロラクトン(GBL)
 G5:乳酸エチル(EL)
 G6:ジメチルホルムアミド
 G7:シクロヘキサノン
 G8:シクロペンタノン
〔solvent〕
The solvents shown in Table 2 are shown below.
G1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
G2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
G3: Diacetone alcohol (DAA)
G4: γ-butyrolactone (GBL)
G5: Ethyl lactate (EL)
G6: Dimethylformamide G7: Cyclohexanone G8: Cyclopentanone
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製]
 表2に示す溶剤以外の各成分を固形分濃度が1.3質量%となるように混合した。次いで、得られた混合液を0.03μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターで濾過してレジスト組成物を調製した。ここで、固形分とは、溶剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。得られたレジスト組成物を、実施例及び比較例で使用した。
[Preparation of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
Each component other than the solvent shown in Table 2 was mixed so that the solid content concentration was 1.3% by mass. Next, the resulting mixed solution was filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.03 μm to prepare a resist composition. Here, solid content means all components other than the solvent. The obtained resist compositions were used in Examples and Comparative Examples.
[パターン形成及び評価]
〔EUV露光によるパターン形成及び評価:実施例1~24、比較例1~5〕
<パターン形成>
 シリコンウエハ上に、下層膜形成用組成物SHB-A940(信越化学工業社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークして、膜厚20nmの下層膜を形成した。その上に、表2に示すレジスト組成物を塗布し、100℃で60秒間ベークして、膜厚30nmのレジスト膜を形成した。これにより、レジスト膜を有するシリコンウエハを形成した。
 上述の手順により得られたレジスト膜を有するシリコンウエハに対して、EUV露光装置(Exitech社製、Micro Exposure Tool、NA0.3、Quadrupol、アウターシグマ0.68、インナーシグマ0.36)を用いてパターン照射を行った。なお、レチクルとしては、ライン:スペース=1:1であるマスクを用いた。
 露光後のレジスト膜を90℃で60秒間ベークした後、酢酸ブチルで30秒間現像し、更に酢酸ブチルでリンスを行い、これをスピン乾燥してパターンを得た。
[Pattern formation and evaluation]
[Pattern formation and evaluation by EUV exposure: Examples 1 to 24, Comparative Examples 1 to 5]
<Pattern formation>
A lower layer film forming composition SHB-A940 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) was applied onto a silicon wafer and baked at 205° C. for 60 seconds to form a lower layer film with a thickness of 20 nm. A resist composition shown in Table 2 was applied thereon and baked at 100° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film with a thickness of 30 nm. As a result, a silicon wafer having a resist film was formed.
A silicon wafer having a resist film obtained by the above procedure was exposed using an EUV exposure device (manufactured by Exitech, Micro Exposure Tool, NA 0.3, Quadrupol, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36). Pattern irradiation was performed. Note that a mask with a line:space ratio of 1:1 was used as the reticle.
The exposed resist film was baked at 90° C. for 60 seconds, developed with butyl acetate for 30 seconds, rinsed with butyl acetate, and spin-dried to obtain a pattern.
<感度>
 得られたパターンの断面形状を走査型電子顕微鏡(日立製作所社製S-9380II)を用いて観察した。線幅14nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースのレジストパターンを解像するときの露光量を感度(Eop)とした。この値が小さいほど、感度が高い。
<Sensitivity>
The cross-sectional shape of the obtained pattern was observed using a scanning electron microscope (S-9380II manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). The exposure amount when resolving a 1:1 line-and-space resist pattern with a line width of 14 nm was defined as the sensitivity (Eop). The smaller this value, the higher the sensitivity.
<LWR性能>
 上記感度(Eop)を示す露光量にて解像した14nm(1:1)のラインアンドスペースのパターンに対して、測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM((株)日立製作所製S-9380II))を使用してパターン上部から観察した。パターンの線幅を任意の100箇所のポイントで観測し、その標準偏差(σ)を求め、線幅の測定ばらつきを3σ(nm)で評価した。値が小さいほど良好な性能であることを示す。
<LWR performance>
A length-measuring scanning electron microscope (SEM (S-9380II manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)) was used to measure the 14 nm (1:1) line-and-space pattern resolved at the exposure dose that shows the sensitivity (Eop) above. Observation was made from the top of the pattern. The line width of the pattern was observed at 100 arbitrary points, its standard deviation (σ) was determined, and the measurement variation in line width was evaluated using 3σ (nm). The smaller the value, the better the performance.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
 表2に示す結果から、実施例のレジスト組成物は、感度に優れ、且つ、形成されるパターンのLWR性能が優れることが明らかである。 From the results shown in Table 2, it is clear that the resist compositions of Examples have excellent sensitivity and LWR performance of the formed patterns.
〔EB露光によるパターン形成及び評価:実施例1A~24A〕
 実施例の各レジスト組成物を使用してレジスト膜を形成し、電子線にて露光してパターン形成を行った場合においても、EUV露光によるパターン形成を行った場合と同様の傾向の結果が得られた。
[Pattern formation and evaluation by EB exposure: Examples 1A to 24A]
Even when a resist film was formed using each of the resist compositions of Examples and pattern formation was performed by exposing it to electron beams, results with the same tendency as when pattern formation was performed by EUV exposure were obtained. It was done.
 本発明により、超微細(例えば、線幅15nm以下のラインアンドスペースパターンや孔径15nm以下のホールパターン等)のパターン形成において、感度に優れ、且つ、LWR性能に優れるパターンを形成可能な感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。
 また、本発明により、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。
 また、本発明により、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に有用な重合体を提供することができる。
According to the present invention, actinic light can be used to form patterns with excellent sensitivity and excellent LWR performance in the formation of ultra-fine patterns (for example, line-and-space patterns with a line width of 15 nm or less, hole patterns with a hole diameter of 15 nm or less, etc.). A radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition can be provided.
Further, the present invention can provide a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
Moreover, the present invention can provide a polymer useful for the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。
 本出願は、2022年8月31日出願の日本特許出願(特願2022-138712)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
Although the invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on a Japanese patent application (Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-138712) filed on August 31, 2022, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (11)

  1.  (A)オニウム塩化合物と、
     (B)酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位を有し、活性光線又は放射線の照射により主鎖が分解する重合体と、を含み、
     前記重合体が、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有し、
     前記酸性基が、フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシル基、-SONHR(Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基を表す)、アミド基、カルボニルイミド基、スルホニルイミド基、芳香環の環員原子に置換したチオール基、及び、又は-C(=O)NHSO(Rは、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す)からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの基を表す、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     一般式(1)中、
     Yは、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
     Aは、電子供与性基を有する芳香環基を表す。但し、前記電子供与性基は、前記酸性基には相当しない。
    (A) an onium salt compound;
    (B) a polymer having a repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton and whose main chain decomposes upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation;
    The polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1),
    The acidic group is a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, -SO 2 NHR N ( RN is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group) , represents a cyano group), an amide group, a carbonylimide group, a sulfonylimide group, a thiol group substituted on a ring member atom of an aromatic ring, and/or -C(=O)NHSO 2 R P (R P is an alkyl group or an aryl group).An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In general formula (1),
    Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
    A 2 represents an aromatic ring group having an electron donating group. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
  2.  前記重合体が、下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位を有する、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     一般式(2)中、
     Xは、ハロゲン原子を表す。
     Lは、-O-又は-NR-を表す。Rは水素原子又は有機基を表す。
     Aは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
     Rは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。Rは、A又はRと連結して環を形成しても良い。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    In general formula (2),
    X represents a halogen atom.
    L 1 represents -O- or -NR 1 -. R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
    A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
    R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be linked with A 1 or R 1 to form a ring.
  3.  前記重合体が、下記一般式(1-2)で表される繰り返し単位、及び下記一般式(2-2)で表される繰り返し単位を含む、請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

     一般式(1-2)中、
     Yは、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
     Rは、前記酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を表す。Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRは同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。
     Rは、電子供与性基を表す。Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRは同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。但し、前記電子供与性基は、前記酸性基には相当しない。
     Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
     mは、1~4の整数を表す。
     nは、1~4の整数を表す。但し、1≦m+n≦5を満たす。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

     一般式(2-2)中、
     Xは、ハロゲン原子を表す。
     Aは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
     Rは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。Rは、Aと連結して環を形成しても良い。
    Actinic ray-sensitive according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the polymer contains a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1-2) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2-2). Or a radiation-sensitive resin composition.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    In general formula (1-2),
    Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
    R 2 represents an acidic group having the aforementioned acidic proton. When a plurality of R 2s exist, the plurality of R 2s may be the same or different.
    R 3 represents an electron donating group. When a plurality of R 3s exist, the plurality of R 3s may be the same or different. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
    L 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
    m represents an integer from 1 to 4.
    n represents an integer from 1 to 4. However, 1≦m+n≦5 is satisfied.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    In general formula (2-2),
    X represents a halogen atom.
    A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
    R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be connected to A 1 to form a ring.
  4.  前記電子供与性基が、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、及び、モノアルキルアミノ基から選ばれる少なくとも1つの基である、請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or sensitive method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the electron-donating group is at least one group selected from an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a dialkylamino group, and a monoalkylamino group. Radioactive resin composition.
  5.  前記オニウム塩化合物の含有量が、前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~20質量%である、請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive material according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the content of the onium salt compound is 0.1 to 20% by mass based on the total solid content of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  6.  酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位を有する重合体であって、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位を含み、
     前記酸性基が、フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシル基、-SONHR(Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基を表す)、アミド基、カルボニルイミド基、スルホニルイミド基、芳香環の環員原子に置換したチオール基、及び、又は-C(=O)NHSO(Rは、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す)からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの基を表す、重合体。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

     一般式(1)中、
     Yは、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
     Aは、電子供与性基を有する芳香環基を表す。但し、前記電子供与性基は、前記酸性基には相当しない。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

     一般式(2)中、
    Xは、ハロゲン原子を表す。
    は、-O-又は-NR-を表す。Rは水素原子又は有機基を表す。
    は、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
    は、水素原子又は有機基を表す。Rは、A又はRと連結して環を形成しても良い。
    A polymer having a repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton, comprising a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2),
    The acidic group is a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, -SO 2 NHR N ( RN is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group) , represents a cyano group), an amide group, a carbonylimide group, a sulfonylimide group, a thiol group substituted on a ring member atom of an aromatic ring, and/or -C(=O)NHSO 2 R P (R P is an alkyl group or an aryl group).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    In general formula (1),
    Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
    A 2 represents an aromatic ring group having an electron donating group. However, the electron-donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

    In general formula (2),
    X represents a halogen atom.
    L 1 represents -O- or -NR 1 -. R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
    A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
    R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be linked with A 1 or R 1 to form a ring.
  7.  前記重合体が、下記一般式(1-2)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、下記一般式(2-2)で表される繰り返し単位を含む、請求項6に記載の重合体。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

     一般式(1-2)中、
     Yは、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
     Rは、前記酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を表す。Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRは同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。
     Rは、電子供与性基を表す。Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRは同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。但し、前記電子供与性基は、前記酸性基には相当しない。
     Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
     mは、1~4の整数を表す。
     nは、1~4の整数を表す。但し、1≦m+n≦5を満たす。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

     一般式(2-2)中、
     Xは、ハロゲン原子を表す。
     Aは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
     Rは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。Rは、Aと連結して環を形成しても良い。
    The polymer according to claim 6, wherein the polymer contains a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1-2) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2-2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

    In general formula (1-2),
    Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
    R 2 represents an acidic group having the aforementioned acidic proton. When a plurality of R 2s exist, the plurality of R 2s may be the same or different.
    R 3 represents an electron donating group. When a plurality of R 3s exist, the plurality of R 3s may be the same or different. However, the electron-donating group does not correspond to the acidic group.
    L 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
    m represents an integer from 1 to 4.
    n represents an integer from 1 to 4. However, 1≦m+n≦5 is satisfied.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

    In general formula (2-2),
    X represents a halogen atom.
    A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
    R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be connected to A 1 to form a ring.
  8.  (A)オニウム塩化合物と、
     (B1)フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシル基、-SONHR(Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基を表す)、アミド基、カルボニルイミド基、スルホニルイミド基、芳香環の環員原子に置換したチオール基、及び、又は-C(=O)NHSO(Rは、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す)からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの基を含む繰り返し単位を有する重合体と、を含み、
     前記重合体が、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位と、下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位、を有する、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

     一般式(1)中、
     Yは、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
     Aは、電子供与性基を有する芳香環基を表す。但し、前記電子供与性基は、前記少なくとも1つの基には相当しない。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

     一般式(2)中、
     Xは、ハロゲン原子を表す。
     Lは、-O-又は-NR-を表す。Rは水素原子又は有機基を表す。
     Aは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
     Rは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。Rは、A又はRと連結して環を形成しても良い。
    (A) an onium salt compound;
    (B1) Phenolic hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, -SO 2 NHR N (R N is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a cyano group), an amide group, a carbonylimide group, a sulfonylimide group, a thiol group substituted on a ring member atom of an aromatic ring, and/or -C(=O)NHSO 2 R P (R P is an alkyl group or an aryl group) a polymer having a repeating unit comprising at least one group selected from the group consisting of
    An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein the polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

    In general formula (1),
    Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
    A 2 represents an aromatic ring group having an electron donating group. However, the electron donating group does not correspond to the at least one group.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

    In general formula (2),
    X represents a halogen atom.
    L 1 represents -O- or -NR 1 -. R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
    A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
    R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 may be linked with A 1 or R 1 to form a ring.
  9.  請求項1、2及び8のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された、レジスト膜。 A resist film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1, 2, and 8.
  10.  請求項1、2及び8のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程と、
     前記レジスト膜を露光する工程と、
     前記露光されたレジスト膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程と、を有する、パターン形成方法。
    forming a resist film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1, 2, and 8;
    a step of exposing the resist film;
    A pattern forming method comprising the step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer.
  11.  請求項10に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to claim 10.
PCT/JP2023/030782 2022-08-31 2023-08-25 Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for producing electronic device, and polymer WO2024048462A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-138712 2022-08-31
JP2022138712 2022-08-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024048462A1 true WO2024048462A1 (en) 2024-03-07

Family

ID=90099902

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/030782 WO2024048462A1 (en) 2022-08-31 2023-08-25 Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for producing electronic device, and polymer

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024048462A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH04127159A (en) * 1990-03-19 1992-04-28 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Pattern forming method
JPH1195436A (en) * 1997-09-18 1999-04-09 Toshiba Corp Pattern forming method
JP2002006497A (en) * 2000-06-27 2002-01-09 Toray Ind Inc Positive radiation sensitive composition and method for producing resist pattern using the same
JP2017088848A (en) * 2015-08-24 2017-05-25 学校法人 関西大学 Polymer compound, radiation-sensitive composition and pattern forming method
WO2021220851A1 (en) * 2020-04-28 2021-11-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Active light ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, mask blank, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH04127159A (en) * 1990-03-19 1992-04-28 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Pattern forming method
JPH1195436A (en) * 1997-09-18 1999-04-09 Toshiba Corp Pattern forming method
JP2002006497A (en) * 2000-06-27 2002-01-09 Toray Ind Inc Positive radiation sensitive composition and method for producing resist pattern using the same
JP2017088848A (en) * 2015-08-24 2017-05-25 学校法人 関西大学 Polymer compound, radiation-sensitive composition and pattern forming method
WO2021220851A1 (en) * 2020-04-28 2021-11-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Active light ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, mask blank, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7076570B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JP6818600B2 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JP6997803B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, compound
TW202200635A (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing electronic device
KR20230131900A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2019054282A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and production method for electronic device
WO2021131655A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
TW202321322A (en) Actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, and compound
JP2022125078A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2024048462A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for producing electronic device, and polymer
WO2022070997A1 (en) Active ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
TWI805828B (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2022024929A1 (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
WO2022044706A1 (en) Actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2023189586A1 (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
WO2023157712A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method, and polymer
WO2024034438A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JPWO2020044771A1 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
WO2024024692A1 (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024048281A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device production method
WO2023181950A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device production method
WO2024048463A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern-forming method, and electronic device-manufacturing method
WO2020203246A1 (en) Method for producing active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
TW202413457A (en) Photosensitive radiation or radiation-sensitive resin composition, photoresist film, pattern forming method, and manufacturing method of electronic device
TW202414084A (en) Photosensitive radiation or radiation-sensitive resin composition, photoresist film, pattern forming method and manufacturing method of electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23860224

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1